Tag Archives: history

Lewis, Harris and Skye – “The Soap Man,” and some other railways (1890s to 1920s). …

The featured image is a steam locomotive that was gainfully employed on Lewis on a contract fulfilled by Sir Robert McAlpine & Co. The Branahuie Railway (3ft-gauge) was a temporary line used in the construction of a Canning Factory, roads and houses for Lord Leverhulme. (Sir Robert McAlpine & Sons No. 12, one of the two Hudswell Clarke locos ( 1037/1913) used on the contract, © Public Domain courtesy of the collection of J. A. Peden. [15: p13]

Roger Hutchinson tells the story of Lord Leverhulme’s interest in Lewis, Harris and (to a much lesser extent) Skye, in the years following the First World War.  Lord Leverhulme purchased Lewis and later Harris with a view to developing the islands.

Mingled in with the story are Lord Leverhulme’s plans for transport infrastructure and particularly railways. Hutchinson first introduces railway plans in comments attributed to Thomas Mawson who wrote about Lord Leverhulme’s plans in the Manchester Guardian. Late in 1918, Mawson wrote: “before any … industry can be a success [on Lewis] it will be necessary to provide better transit facilities by sea and land. Safe harbours are the first essential of all economic developments. Engineers are accordingly at work making preliminary surveys for railways which will connect the principle harbours of the island with Stornoway, their natural base. We may soon have a railway on the east coast, connecting Port of Ness, another railway connecting with Callernish on the west, and possibly a third to Loch Seaforth, connecting the Isle of Harris directly with Stornoway. As supplementary to these the main roads are likely to be further improved and motor routes created as feeders to the railways. … A natural corollary to the introduction of railways and harbour facilities will be an increase in the number and size of the steamers trading with the mainland. A trawling fleet, too, is bound to appear as an arm to the fishing industry. Ice factories, cold storage, and canneries for the curing and treatment of fish for export are already planned, and the work of construction will soon begin.” [1: p91]

Hutchinson goes on to comment: “The idea of giving Lewis a couple of branch railway lines was neither original nor utterly ridiculous. Just twenty years previously, in 1897 and 1898, two separate private enterprises, the Highland Railway Company and the Highland Light Railway Company, had surveyed and proposed small-gauge lines between Stornoway and Tarbert in Harris and between Stornoway and Breasclete and Carloway on the west coast. The £500,000 schemes had collapsed when the amount of capital required to be raised by private subscription – £290,000 – was not forthcoming.” [1: p93-94]

Also, “Lewis did have railways, around the turn of the 19th/20th century. There was a railway from the quarry at Bennadrove to Stornoway. Posts related to this track can still be found in the Castle Grounds, opposite the Caberfeidh Hotel.” [5] …

It seems that under Lord Leverhulme’s tenure, “a trackbed was laid near Garrabost in Point, but a railway was never built. The same fate befell the track, linking Carloway to Stornoway along what is now the Pentland Road.” [5]

Very little other evidence exists of his proposed railways, and it is entirely possible that the remains referred to in the last paragraph could relate to much earlier railway proposals. [8]

Lord Leverhulme “planned to develop several smaller fishing harbours around the island’s coast that would be linked by new [his proposed] railways and roads to Stornoway, which would be transformed into a huge fish-processing centre. There was also to be a cannery, an ice-making factory, and a plant to make glue, animal feed and fertiliser from the offal.” [2]

“A chemical industry would also be developed to process the plentiful seaweed around the island; peat would be used in large scale power stations; and unproductive land would be transformed  into forests, or fruit or dairy farms. Lewis would grow to become an island of up to 200,000 people. … He had prominent architects and town planners produce a vision of a future Stornoway in 1920. There was to be a town hall and art gallery, a bridge to connect the town to the Castle grounds, long avenues and a railway station, with a war-memorial on South Beach. None of these were constructed although he did give the town a gas supply, and he also intended to use electricity to light the streets.” [2]

For all Lord Leverhulme’s grandiose plans, he was unable to stay the course. His plans “failed in Lewis partly from trying to force the people into too rapid and too fundamental change; he was used to a totally different lifestyle and he tried to define progress on his own terms.” [2]

He faced determined resistance from the local population whose overwhelming desire was for croft land and the freedom to choose what work to undertake. As a result, they did not take to the idea of industrial jobs centred in Stornoway and, in fact, regarded that kind of work, even though salaried, as effective slavery.

Despite the growing tensions, Leverhulme spent over £1 million in Lewis. Two model housing schemes were built in Stornoway, one on Matheson Road and another on Anderson Road, to house Leverhulme’s managers and employees. New roads were built in Lewis: a concrete bridge, now known as the Bridge to Nowhere, was constructed in Tolsta as part of a scheme to create a coastal road linking Tolsta to Ness at the north tip of the island. The road was never completed.” [3]

Lord Leverhulme’s failure to understand the basic, even visceral, connection between the people and the land was significant.

His proposals centred on his perception of a significant fishery in the waters around Lewis which would sustain industrialised fishing and canning. In reality the stocks were not as great as he believed and the postwar demand for canned fish deteriorated (partly because of barriers to trade with Russia imposed by the UK after the Russian revolution) and as more and more fresh fish from other sources became available. He saw the sale value of fish reduced by 90%.

Lord Leverhulme believed that his offer of good housing and allotments close to Stornoway would ultimately be more attractive than a hand-to-mouth crofting lifestyle. He could not have been more wrong. “What the crofters most needed was casual work to supplement their subsistence farming; what was proposed was regular employment in an industrial process. They did not want to be dependent on any landlord, even a millionaire philanthropist, for their livelihood, and most preferred to take control of their own destiny.” [3]

He stubbornly refused crofters access to good farmland in favour of his desire to see the island self-sufficient in milk, which could anyway be cheaply be imported from Aberdeenshire. As a consequence many men of Lewis raided those farm lands, began building and setting up crofts.

Only a matter of a few short years after the conclusion of the war, Lord Leverhulme had decided that his project was over.

A young doctor, Halliday Sutherland arrived in Stornoway in 1923 “a half-built factory on which work had been abandoned, a derelict small-gauge railway, and thousands of pounds’ worth of machinery rusting on the shore.’ Anxious to uncover the reasons for such a depressing scene, Sutherland approached what was presented in his later transcription as a bellicose old man working a croft in the Back district. The man had no desire, Sutherland said, ‘to answer a whistle at six in the morning and work for wages in Lever’s factory. No damn fear. Poor as I am, I’m master here, and could order you off this croft. … Why did some of us raid his pasture-land? A dairy farm for the island it was to be. I’ve another name for that a monopoly in milk. No damn fear. We are poorer now than we were. Why? Because the line-fishing in the spring has failed. Why? Because of these damned trawlers that spoil the spawn, and half of them are Lever’s English trawlers. He makes us poor, and then wants us to work for him.'” [1: p169][4]

Had Lord Leverhulme’s grandiose plans for Lewis and Harris resulted in lasting changes, there would probably have been some significant changes on Skye. Not the least of these changes may have been the provision of some form of railway from Kyle of Lochalsh onto Skye and through Broadford and Portree to Dunvegan inthe North of the Isle of Skye.

David Spaven & Julian Holland provide a map of proposed railway lines in Scotland. This map shows these proposed but unbuilt railways as dotted lines. Of particular relevance here are the lines on Lewis and on Skye. Although it should be noted that the routes marked predated Lord Leverhulm’s interest in Lewis and Harris by some considerable time.  [7: p166 – extract from larger map]

Spaven and Holland’s map does not tell anything like the full story of the planned railways for Lewis and Harris. The map below, provided by Ian B. Jolly shows considerably more detail. It is included in an article in The Narrow Gauge magazine. [15]

Proposed railways on Lewis/Harris. [15: p10]

The Napier Commission’s report on crofting published in 1884 proposed the use of light railways on Lewis and Skye. As a result, The Hebridean Light Railway Co. was formed to promote 130 miles of railway in Skye and Lewis. This led to surveys being undertaken by Alex MacDonald, Engineer, of a possible railway linking Stornoway to Breasclete and Carloway. The survey report was dated 1st June 1893.

Ian Jolly reports that “the trackbed of this line was constructed and, for the first two or three miles out of Stornoway now forms the A858 road, while the rest of the route is an unclassified road to Breasclete.” [15: p12] The unclassified road is the ‘Pentland Road’ which has two arms, one to Carloway and one to Breasclete.

Jolly also notes that O’Dell and Walton, include in their book, ‘Highlands and Islands of Scotland’, a map showing projected railways for Lewis and Skye in 1897 and 1898. In fact, this is just a small part of a map covering the whole of Scotland and are at best schematic in nature. [15: p12][16: p206]

The Outer Hebrides and Skye, showing various schemes which did not come to fruition in the later years of the 19th century and mark with the year in which the schemes would have been constructed. The lines drawn are no more than indicative of the routes proposed. There is no indication of schemes proposed in the 20th century. [16: p206]

One further map is worth noting. This map is provided in a paper by John and Margaret Gold and shows Lord Leverhulme’s development plan for Lewis and Harris. …

Lord Leverhulme’s Development Plan: this gives a good idea of the scope of Lord Leverhulme’s imagination. His ideas were built on the assumption that the fishery around Lewis and Harris was likely to sustain yields over many years. His plans were well-developed. [45: p197]

Later, in April 1919, Jolly says, there were proposals (elsewhere reported as being considered during the first world war) put to a meeting at Staffin, in the north-east of Skye, when representations were made to the Secretary of State, Ministry of Transport and the Highland Reconstruction Committee for a system of light railways on the East side of Skye. There was a similar meeting at Uig, also on Skye, in September 1920 when representations were made to the Ministry of Transport for a light railway connecting Uig to Kyleakin via Portree. Both these meetings were reported in the local press at the time.. [15: p12]

Jolly mentions a comment by Lord Leverhulme which was reported the Highland News, 17th May 1919, that the new harbour at Stornoway should come before the light railway.

Nigel Nicolson, in Lord of the Isles, notes that in a relatively short time (circa. 1920) Lord Leverhulme was looking seriously at light railway schemes on Lewis and had marked out their courses. Leverhulme’s scheme would have had a terminus at Stornoway and three lines:

1) A line South through Balallan to Aline with later extension to Tarbert.

2) A line West, then North to Callanish and Carloway and return to Stornoway via Barvas; and

3) A Branch North from Barvas to serve townships near the Butt of Lewis and return down the east coast through Tolsta to Stornoway.

The total track mileage would have been about 100 miles. The gauge was to be 3ft using WDLR rails being sold as surplus. Lines to be steam worked but Leverhulme wanted electric working! [15: p12] [17: p110-111]

None of these schemes came to fruition.

Photographs and further information can be found in a copy of The Narrow Gauge which is available online. [15]

The Stornoway, Breasclete and Carloway Route

We noted above that construction work did commence on the lines surveyed in 1893, specifically that the trackbed was constructed “and, for the first two or three miles out of Stornoway now forms the A858 road, while the rest of the route is an unclassified road to Breasclete.” [15: p12] It should be noted that the unclassified road follows the planned railway to Carloway as well as to Breasclete and is known as the Pentland Road.

It is nigh impossible to establish the location of the Stornoway terminus from this limited information. Given that modern roads follow the formation of the planned railway route it is quite easy to follow the routes to Breasclete and Carloway. There is, however, a specific, relevant resource held at Stornoway Public Library. It comprises 4 sheets from the 1″ Ordnance Survey 1st Edition mapping from the 1850s, that have been stuck together, with the route itself annotated on top. A digital version of this map has been made available by the National Library of Scotland (NLS). [18] Please note that after navigating to the correct webpage, it will be necessary to scroll down to find the annotated map.

The proposed railway “was planned to connect Carloway and Breasclete on the west coast with Stornoway. Work began on the scheme, but ran into economic and legal problems. Although the railway was never constructed, the ‘Pentland Road’, largely followed the same route, and was built instead by 1912. The road was named after John Sinclair, better known as Lord Pentland who was the Secretary for Scotland between 1905 and 1912 and who helped to secure funding for the completion of the road.” [18]

The map is made up of “four original Ordnance Survey first edition six-inch to the mile maps from the 1850s that have been stuck together, with the route itself annotated on top. … Near Carloway, there is an additional Blue line shewing route originally surveyed changed to avoid damaging arable land.” [18]

Carloway and Breasclete were the western termini of the network with the line to Breasclete appearing to be a branch line.

The extracts from the annotated 1″ Ordnance Survey of the 1850s run in sequence from Stornoway to Carloway and then from the junction to Breasclete. They are the sepia coloured map extracts. Beneath each extract from the 1″ Ordnance Survey is the 2nd Edition 6″ Ordnance Survey from around the turn of the 20th century. These extracts precede the construction of the Pentland Road but show the route the road(s) will take as a dotted track.

Modern satellite imagery is then provided alongside some Streetview images to show the built roads which were completed in 1912 and which are still in use in the 21st century.

There is some doubt over the route of the line approaching and entering Stornoway. Two possibilities with supporting drawings start our look at the line. …

Stornoway to Carloway

Close to Stornoway the alignment of the planned, but never built, railway is not certain. The first possibility is shown immediately below. This takes the mapping provided by the NLS. … [18] The second alternative was discovered by ‘Tom’ in the National Archives at Kew and highlighted on his blog. [53][54]

First, the NLS supplied drawings from the Stornoway Public Library. …

The most easterly length of the proposed railway is shown turning South into Stornoway but no indication is given of the planned terminus. [18]
A closer focus from the 6″ OS mapping shows a road following the line of the proposed railway. That road appears to predate the planned railway and it is possible that the line would have run within the road width or on the verge. [19]
Willowglen Road first runs North-northwest, then turns through Northwest and West before leaving Stornoway in a West-southwest direction. It is not clear where the Stornoway terminus of the line was expected to be, perhaps to the West of the modern A857 on the portion of Willowglen Road which runs North-northwest from its junction with the A857? [Google Maps, July 2025]
Looking North-northwest along Willowglen Road. Rather than this road being built on the line of the planned railway it is likely that the line would have run on the verge of what may well have been a narrower highway at the end of the 19th century. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Now heading West-northwest, the width of the modern Willowglen Road accommodates the planned railway route. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Further West with Willowglen Road now heading in a West-southwest direction. The older road may well have been narrower than the modern road and could have accommodated a railway on its verge. [Google Streetview, September 2024]

Second, the alternative alignment for the East end of the line which appears in documents at the National Archives. [53][54]

The Hebridean Light Railway Company, a blog by ‘Tom’ includes this photograph of a plan from the National Archive at Kew.This plan matches the plan provided by the NLS throughout the length of the line with the exception of the eastern end of the line. [54]

This image shows the eastern end of the line at Stornoway. The route takes a line to the North of what is now Willowglen Road, and to the North of what was Manor Farm, now the Cabarfeidh Hotel, then swinging in a wide arc round the East side of Stornoway before running across the South of the town. [54]

The superimposed red line is a diagrammatic representation of the route, but it does have some resonance with the later temporary railway built by Robert McAlpine & Co. which is covered towards the end of this article. It does however match with other papers in the bundle which ‘Tom’ discovered in the National Archives. …

A very low resolution photograph of the plan of the proposed railway around Stornoway. This is a match for the red line shown above. [54]

A closer view of the last portion of the proposed line on the South side of Stornoway. This compares well with the 6″ Ordnance Survey extract below. It shows that the plan was for the line to terminate at the West end of South Beach Quay. [54]

An extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1895, published 1899. [55]

The remainder of the route to the West of Stornoway. …..

The red line is the line of the 1893 survey. [18]
There is a short section – the hypotenuse of a triangle formed by two roads – at the surveyed line which at the turn of the century was no more than a track along the line of the planned railway. There was then a section of road to the South of Mary Hill before the surveyed route separated from existing roads at the East end of Loch Airidh na Lic. [20]
The same area as shown in the map extracts above. [Google Maps, July 2025]
This photograph looks from Willowglen Road down the first length of the planned railway route which was independent of existing roads. The planned railway would have run ahead down the centre of the image. A lane can be seen to the right side of Willowglen Road which leads onto the old railway route as shown below. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The first length of road built over the line of the planned railway making use of the civil engineering work undertaken before the railway scheme was abandoned. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The A858 enters this photograph from the left and turns left to run directly ahead of the camera. From this point onwards the road which is now the A858 was built over the line of the railway which was not completed. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The view West along the A858 and therefore also along the line of the intended railway. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Further West, another West-facing view along the lines of the planned railway. [Google Streetview, September
The route of the planned railway ran along the South shore of Loch Airidh na Luv. [18]
The formation for the planned railway can be seen following the surveyed route. [21]
The same area as it appears on Google Maps. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Looking West along the A858 which is built on the line of the planned railway. Loch Airidh na Luv is on the right of the photograph. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Further West along the A858, also looking West. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The route surveyed continued West along the South side of Amhuinn a’ Ghlinn Mhoir. [18]
The formation follows the surveyed route. [22]
The same area as it appears on 21st century satellite imagery. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Looking West at the third point from the right of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Looking West at the third point from the right of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The surveyed route then switches to the North shore of Loch Vatandip. [18]
The track follows the surveyed route, bridging Allt Greidaig just East of Loch Vatandip. [23]
The same area in the 21st century. The A858 turns away from the surveyed line of the railway and the Pentland Road begins. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Looking West at the road junction the images above. The A858 bears away to the left, the Pentland Road continues ahead and bears to the right. [Google Streetview, September 2025]
The loch on the left is Loch Vatandip. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Further West along the single track Pentland Road, looking West. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The surveyed route ran West-northwest  above the North shore of the loch. [18]
While the surveyed line is straight on the map extract above, the line of the track shows a minor deviation as it heads West-northwest between Loch Vatandip and Loch Mor a Chocair. [24]
The same area in the 21st century, the same minor deviation in the alignment of the Pentland Road. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The same minor deviation in the road alignment seen from the East. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The surveyed route continues on the same bearing. [18]
The track on the formation of the proposed railway matches the survey, passing to the South of Loch Beig a Chocair and bridging two streams – Loch a Chocair and the Greta River (or the River Creed). It seems that work on the railway extended to the construction of bridges ready for the final addition of the rails.  [25]
The same length of road in the 21st century. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The first of two bridges on this length of road, built for the railway that never arrived! [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The second of those bridges, also seen from the East. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
This is the first of four map extracts where the original survey route is shown in blue. The red line being that which was used. No reason for this alteration is provided. [18]
Small culverts or pipes are not marked on the OS mapping but there must be one over Allt a’ Bhiorachan at the left of this map extract and possibly two other smaller culverts or pipes close to the centre of the extract. [26]
Having checked each of the three locations where streams run under the surveyed route which is now a road, there is no visible structure, so there is probably no more than a drainage pipe at each location. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The surveyed route has now turned slightly to run East-West, before turning West-northwest again to the North of Loch an Tobair. [18]
It seems that the final alignment of the earthworks prepared for the railway was, over the first half of this extract, North of either of the marked survey lines. A further culvert/pipe must have been provided for the stream flowing South into Loch an Tobair. [27]
The same area in the 21st century. [Google Maps, July 2025]
No sign of a structure at the point where the feed to Loch an Tobair passes under the road so a drainage pipe must suffice. The wide open skies on Lewis are amazing! [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Now back on an West-northwest alignment, the original survey line (blue) and that deemed to have actually been used (red) run in parallel. [18]
The same length as it appears on the 6″ OS mapping at the turn of the 20th century. No bridges are marked at the crossing point of the two streams which suggests that smaller culverts or drainage pipes were used. [28]
The same area in the 21st century. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The first (most easterly) drainage ditch crosses the line at this location, a pipe of some sort must pass under the road. [Google Streetview September 2024]
At the second (more westerly) location, standing water is visible to the South of the road, drainage from North to South must be by a pipe. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The two surveyed routes come together again North of the East end of Loch an Laoigh. [18]
Three gravel pits are marked along this length of the formation. No bridges are marked so culverts must have been employed for the two watercourses. The track appears to run a little to the North of the surveyed alignment. [29]
The two streams shown on the map extracts above. Both show water downstream of the road, one appears to have a corrugated plastic pipe under the road. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The location of the more easterly watercourse seen looking West: a plastic pipe can be seen to the left of the road. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Drainage water can be seen to the left of the road in this West-facing view at the location of the more westerly watercourse. No drainage pipe is visible from the road. [
The proposed junction with the line to Breasclete heading West-southwest and that to Carloway heading Northwest. [18]
The linto Carloway heads Northwest and crosses Allt Mhic Ille Chetheir. [30]
The junction: Breasclete is to the East and Carloway to the Northwest. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The junction seen from the Southeast. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The road to Carloway: both arms of the road are called Pentland Road. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The proposed line ran to the West of a group of three lochans – Loch Mor a Ghrianain, Loch Beag a Ghrianain and Loch an Fheoir. [18]
Continuing Northwest the planned line to Carloway crossed Allt nan Lochanan Traighte and ran passed a small quarry which was not marked on the 1″ mapping of the 1850s. [31]
The modern road continues to follow the planned railway route. Google Maps, July 2025]
The road travels on a causeway with drainage ditches on each shoulder. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The surveyed route curves around the top of Loch Laxavat (Lacsabhat) Ard. [18]
A larger area than shown on the survey sheet above which shows clearly a relatively tight curve on the alignment of the railway formation to the Northeast of the Loch. [32]
This satellite image matches the area shown on the extract from the 1″ Ordnance Survey of the 1850s. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The road follows the planned railway route curving to the left to avoid higher ground. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Then curving to the right around a rock outcrop. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The tight curve mentioned in the notes about the extract from the 6″ OS mapping above appears towards the bottom-right of this extract from the survey plans. [18]
This 6″ OS extract takes the line to a point just to the West of the River Ohagro which feeds onto the North of Loch Laxavat Ard. It will be noted that there is a break in the embankments built for the proposed railway where a bridge would have been placed over the river. A short diversion provides access by means of a ford across the river. The ‘as built’ looks NE of embankments do not follow the survey to the East of the River Ohagro. [33]
A similar area to that shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The road can be seen undulating ahead, possibly foreshortening exaggerates this effect. The 6″Ordnance Survey shows that embankments were constructed at the end of the 19th century. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The bridge over the River Ohagro which feeds into Loch Laxavat Ard. This bridge was not constructed as part of the railway contact and had to be built as part of the construction of the Pentland Road early in the 1910s. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Another culvert takes the line over the Allt nan Cnocan Dubh. [18]
This next extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey takes the track beyond Conan Dubh to approximately the same point on the surveyed line as the 1″ extract above. [34]
A very similar length of the road as shown in the map extracts above. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Looking Northwest along the Pentland Road at the centre of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Further West the road curves round a rick outcrop on the North side of Conan Dubh. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
This next length of the survey takes the proposed line as far as Loch Thorrad. [18]
No obvious provision is made for the proposed line to cross the Allt Loch Thorrad, so a culvert or drainage pipe must be presumed. [35]
This satellite image takes us as far as Loch Thorrad (which can be seen on the North side of the road at the left side of the image. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Loch Thorrad is to the right of the road as it curves a little to the Northwest. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
From Allt Loch Thorrad onwards the line heads Northwest. [18]
After crossing the Allt Loch Thorrad the earthworks got the planned railway stay to the Northeast of the Carloway River. One tributary to the Carloway is crossed as the proposed line headed Northwest. [36]
The road now follows the valley of the River Carloway. [Google Maps, July 2025]
This and the next image show the road following the planned railway route alongside the River Carloway. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The road picks its way between rock outcrops and the river. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The earthworks remain on the Northeast side of the Carloway River for most of this length. [18]
The same length of the proposed railway. The Carloway River stays on the Southwest side of the river until the top-left of this extract, where the line crosses the River. One stream is culverted under the railway. [37]
We are relatively close to Carloway: the road follows the Northwest bank of Carloway River before the river passes under the road near the top-left of this satellite image. [Google Maps, July 2025]
This and the next image are two photographs showing the Carloway River meandering around close to the road. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Buildings at the edge of the village of Carloway can just now be picked out in the distance e. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Looking Northwest along the Pentland Road over the bridge carrying the road over the Carloway River which flows left to right under the bridge. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Two alternative alignments for the proposed railway appear again close to Carloway. The original surveyed route is shown by the blue line. The planned route was moved so as to avoid the better farmland. [18]
Track which follows the formation of the planned railway crosses Gil Fasgro and runs immediately adjacent to the Carloway River. [38]
The Pentland Road runs down towards Carloway following approximately the red line from the survey. Google Maps, July 2025]
At the junction in the bottom-right of the satellite image the Pentland Road heads North following the river valley. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The Pentland Road runs alongside the Carloway River. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Closer to Carloway and still alongside the River. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
On the right of the image the Heidagul River joins the Carloway River and from this point on the combined stream is known as the Heidagul River. Google Streetview, September 2024]
The final length of the survey shows the revised alignment (in red) close to the river and crossing the Carloway River close to Carloway Bridge. The surveyed route extends as far as the pier a Borraston, Dunan Pier. [18]
The last length of the Carolway line as recorded in the bundle from the National Archives that ‘Tom’ discovered and wrote about on his blog. [54]
This extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey of the turn of the 20th century covers a similar area as the 1″ map extract above. The pier can be seen bottom-left. The line of the planned railway is less clear from the 6″ OS in Carloway but becomes much clearer on Google Streetview images as it follows the North shore of the estuary. [39]
The 21st century satellite imagery highlights.more clearly the route of the planned railway and what became the Pentland Road through to the Dunan Pier near Borraston. Of particular interest is the arrangement of structures close to Carloway Bridge. A bridge over the Heidagul River and a bridge which now carries road over road will both have been built as part of the aborted railway works. [Google Maps, July 2025]
This view shows the two structures noted above. The masonry arch structure is Carloway Bridge which carries the modern A858. The bridge over the river in the foreground was built for the railway as was the bridge which carries the A858 over Pentland Road. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The bridge over the Heidagul River built for the planned railway, seen from Carloway Bridge. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
A closer view from the East of the bridge built to carry the road over the railway that never was! [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Looking back East towards the two bridges carrying the A858 in Carloway. [Google Streetview, September 2024]

The next seven images form a sequence showing the last length of the route to the pier at Borraston. Note the causeway in the third image which will have been built for the railway. …

The pier at Dunan near Borraston. [All seven images: Google Streetview, September 2024]
Dunan Pier was the end of the line: shown here in an extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey 2nd Edition from the end of the 19th century. [49]

The Junction to Breasclete

The surveyed route of the branch line to Breasclete curved round the North side of Loch an Tairbeart nan Cleiteichan and Loch an Tuim. [18]
The track which appears on the 6″ OS mapping from the turn of the 20th century takes a single radius curve a little to the North of the surveyed alignment. [30]
The single track road built on the earthworks of the abortive railway project curves round the North side of Loch an Tairbeart nan Cleiteichan and Loch an Tuim. It is a smooth curve as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The road to Breasclete is also called Pentland Road. It heads away to the left of th. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The surveyed route then turns to a Westerly alignment South of an unnamed lochan and across the North end of Loch na Ba Buidhe. [18]
Another small quarry sits on the North side of the track. Presumably the small quarries at intervals along each of the planned railway routes were used to supply stone for embankments along the formation. [40]
The same length of the road. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The view West from the centre of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The surveyed route ran across the North side of Loch na Ba Buidhe, Loch a Ghainmheich and Loch Avaster (Amhaster), turning to head West-southwest. [18]
The same area as it appears on the 6″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [41]
The same area in the 21st century. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Looking West from the centre of the satellite image above. Loch a Ghainmheich is on the left . [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Continuing in a Southwesterly direction, the surveyed route ran on the North side of Loch na Beinne Bige. [18]
A similar area as it appeared at the end of the 19th century. The track following the built formation for the railway follows the surveyed alignment closely but turns away from it to the left of this map extract. [42]
The same area as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey extract above. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Allt Glas flows under the road, presumably in a drainage pipe, twice the first of these locations is shown here. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Allt Glas flows under the road again although it appears to both pass under the road and to have found a path on the North side of the road. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Allt Bealach na Beinne also passes under the road, Allt Glas joins it on the left of this photograph. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Looking West-southwest along Pentland Road, Loch Na Beinne Bige is on the left. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The final length of the surveyed route for the planned railway. Two alignments are shown, the original (in blue), the revised (in red). [18]
This extract comes form the documents held by the National Archives and photographed by ‘Tom’ for his blog as noted below. [54]
The track which follows the prepared formation for the planned railway passes to the North of both of the surveyed routes as it runs through the village of Breasclete, regaining the red surveyed alignment to the West of the village and running through to the pier. [43]
A very similar area to that shown on the 6″ OS map extract above. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Facing West-southwest approaching the crossroads in Breasclete. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Continuing West-southwest along Pentland Road towards the pier at Breasclete. #[Google Streetview, September 2024]
The second crossroads in Breasclete. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Approaching the pier at Breasclete. [Google Streetview, September 2024]

We have followed the two lines that almost got built on Lewis. sadly, lack of funding resulted in a project that was quite well advanced, being abandoned. As noted, the earthworks were later (1912) used to create the single track Pentland Road which appears in many of the modern images above. There remains some uncertainty over whether the early construction works were designed first for a railway or were just designed as an easily graded public road. [50] It is possible that some construction work for a road was undertaken but the National Archives hold plans for a railway dated to the same period, predating the construction of the Pentland Road which was not completed until 1912. [53]

The plans, which include proposals for railways on Skye and on Lewis were accessed by ‘Tom’ in preparing for a modelling project centred on these intended railways. This image comes from an early blog. [53] The images relating to Lewis come from a later blog. [54]

Lord Leverhulme’s Planned Railway Station, Stornoway

Lord Leverhulme was very interested in town planning, The National Library of Scotland has on its website, a town plan of Stornoway drafted by James Lomax-Simpson, Leverhulme’s godson and also his chief architect at Port Sunlight. The plan is entitled, ‘Port Sunlight plan of Stornoway, showing proposed lay-out’ and is dated 16th July 1919. It is 710 mm x 710 mm in size. The plan is included on the website, courtesy of The Stornoway Trust. [44]

Simpson took charge of the Architectural Department of Lever Brothers from 1910 and he was made a director in 1917. In his role as Company Architect, he worked in over twenty-five different countries around the World, but he also carried out much work for Lever himself, including alterations and additions to Lews Castle. The plan also illustrates part of Leverhulme’s ambitious ideas for redeveloping Stornoway along garden city lines, with new suburbs, broad avenues, circuses, and open spaces. The new planned railways, that were part of the wider plans for the economic transformation of Lewis, curve in and down to the Harbour on the eastern side of the town. Existing roads are shown with dashed lines. In places, ‘Parlour Cottages’ were planned, which had been constructed at Port Sunlight, as larger ‘Arts and Crafts’ residences for working families with a parlour at ground-floor level. Although visionary and ambitious, some of the new planned streets would have demolished much of the original old town. Over time, the plans were subsequently altered, shown as annotations on top of the original plan. Some construction began along these lines in the 1920s, but economic difficulties and considerable opposition to Leverhulme’s plans by the islanders curtailed developments, and the schemes were largely abandoned by 1923.” [44]

Small extracts from the plan are included here. They show a proposed railway station close to the Harbour on the East side of the town. Each of the three extracts is paired with the ESRI satellite imagery provided by the NLS. …

The proposed station location with the main station building facing out onto a circus/roundabout close to the harbour. [44]
A double track line was planned Northeast from the station. [44]
The detail becomes more sparse further Northeast. [44]

These plans did not see the light of day!

Goat Island

Lord Leverhulme’s plans included the construction of a causeway to link Goat Island to the mainland and the provision of additional quays on the West side of the island. He expected to provide a light railway along the causeway to link his Cannery and associated industries to the quays. John & Margaret Gold provide a plan showing Leverhulme’s intentions for Stornoway and Goat Island. [45: p200]

John & Margaret Gold comment that in Leverhulme’s Plan: “An industrial area was located in the east of the town. Goat Island would act as home base for the MacLine Drifters and Trawler fleet and was joined to the mainland by a causeway. The ice plant and cannery were situated inland near the site of the existing fish-oil and guano works. A light railway would connect them with the quays. There were tweed mills, electricity generating plant, a laundry and a dairy to take the increased output from the east coast farms. Between the industrial area and the residential districts was the railway station serving both freight and passenger purposes.” [45: p200]

Lord Leverhulme’s Development Plan for Stornoway: the railway line noted in the paragraphs about Stornoway’s railway station can be seen to the right of centre. The light railway planned to serve Goat Island is shown in the bottom-right of this map. [45: p200]
Goat Island in 1895 as it appeared on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1895, published in 1899. [46]

It would not be until after the Second World War, in 1947, that the causeway was built. It was 2,030 feet in length. Work undertaken that year also included the construction of an embankment to the south of the causeway; the construction of the Slipway and a jetty at Goat Island; the demolition of No. 3 Pier. The work was authorised by The Stornoway Harbour Order Confirmation Act, 1947. [48]

Goat Island and causeway  as they appeared on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1958. [47]
Goat Island and Causeway in the 21st century. [Google Earth, July 2025]
The causeway to Goat Island. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Goat Island seen from the causeway. [Google Streetview, September 2024]

While the causeway was built, the railways were not!

The Branahuie Railway (3ft-gauge)

One line that did get built on Lewis in Lord Leverhulme’s time was a 3ft-gauge line built by “Sir Robert McAlpine and Co. for the Harris & Lewis Welfare Development Co. Ltd. (a company owned by Lord Leverhulme) – part of a £345,000 contract to build the canning factory, roads and houses. … [It] was in operation by 1920 when the first loco arrived – [that] was McAlpine’s Loco No 34, an 0-4-0ST built by Hudswell Clarke (Works No 1037) in 1913 and delivered to McAlpine’s Pontstycill Reservoir contract near Merthyr Tydfil in South Wales. It carried the plant number 778 when it arrived but that had changed to 606 by the time it left in 1923 moving to the Maentwrog reservoir contract in North Wales. It then worked on other contracts until it was sold for scrap to George Brothers in 1956. The second loco to work on the line was another 0-4-0ST built by Hudswell Clarke in 1901 (Works No 597). It was new to Newcastle & Gateshead Water Co Ltd at Whittledean reservoir carrying the name ‘PONT’. It was sold back to Hudswell Clarke who resold it to McAlpines in 1906 on their Culter reservoir contract. It arrived at Stornoway as Plant No 1780 in 1920 leaving on 25th May 1923 as Plant No 813. Last recorded as being for sale at McAlpine’s Ellesmere Port depot in 1929.” [8]

A first reference was made to the Branahuie line in the Highland News on 15th May 1919 when Sir Robert MacAlpine & Son wrote to the Council seeking permission to lay a light railway from Manor Farm to Goathill Road crossing public roads at three different places. Gates and fences were included in the scheme which received Council permission. In June 1919, MacAlpine applied for permission to lay a water main at Manor Farm to supply water to engines. This was agreed at charge of £5 per annum. [15: p12]

One of two steam locomotives that was gainfully employed on the Branahuie Railway. Sir Robert McAlpine & Sons No. 12, © Public Domain courtesy of the collection of J. A. Peden. [15: p13]

Jolly records these details: “The line was some five miles long and was used for the construction of Leverhulme’s Cannery, from where it ran northwards past Goathill and Manor Farm (Coulregrein), where there was a watering point, to the Town Council’s Dormitory Quarry beneath the War Memorial. This line ran around the then outskirts of the town and much has been built over. Another line ran south from the cannery to the locomotive shed (also now built over). From here another line ran eastwards across the fields to Sandwick, then for 2.5/3 miles beside the A866 to the beach at Branahuie. The evenly graded trackbed is very distinct alongside the undulating road on this section. A shallow cutting can also be seen on the northern line. … At least two steam locos were used on the contract by MacAlpines.” (15: p12]

Jolly provides this drawing of the route of the 3ft-gauge contractor’s railway. It is schematic in nature and not to scale. Manor Farm and Goat Hill Farm appear to the Northeast of Stornoway and of the line. The Cannery is marked, as is the Loco Shed. The line to Branahuie is also shown. I have not been able to find any greater detail as to the route of the line than the text description of the route above. [15: p9]

Jolly continues: “The cannery was completed in late 1921 or early 1922, and at the end of May 1922, the “Contract Journal carried an advertisement: ‘For sale-railway track and plant inc. two 3ft gauge locos Hudswell Clarke, … built 1901 and 1913, and 59 wagons 3ft gauge, 34 wagons 2ft gauge. Plant will be handed over to purchasers FAS (free aboard ship) Glasgow-Lewis & Harris Welfare & Development Co., Bebington, Nr. Birkenhead’. Only two locomotives fit this description: Hudswell Clarke 597/1901 was delivered new to the Newcastle & Gateshead Water Co, and was later used by McAlpine on the Motherwell Corporation Culter Waterworks contract between 1903 and 1906. Its later history is not known for certain. The later machine, Hudswell Clarke 1037/1913, was supplied to McAlpine for work on the Pontstycil reservoir between 1913 and 1917. It was subsequently used on the Maentwrog Hydro-Electric reservoir contract, near Ffestiniog, from 1924-28, and must therefore have been retained by McAlpine.” [15: p12-13]

The Route

Lord Leverhulme’s Cannery sat to the East of Stornoway town centre. Appropriately, its address was Cannery Road. The building was never used as a cannery and later became a Harris Tweed Factory.

As Jolly mentions, material for the construction contract was excavated at a quarry at Dormitory which was to the West of the War Memorial (itself to the North of the town). Jolly also mentions that the temporary railway line ran close to Manor Farm (in the 21st century the Caber feidh Hotel occupies this site). His sketch map above shows the line running to the South of Manor Farm. This suggests that the line ran close to Willowglen Road, on its North side. Assuming that this is the case then the Contractor’s railway would have crossed Percival Road South close to its junction with Willowglen Road.

There has been mention of an incline leading from a point close to the War Memorial into Stornoway which may be a remnant of the line. [8]

The area from Dormitory to Manor Farm as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey Second Edition. [51]
Pretty much the same area as it appears on Google Maps. [Google Maps, July 2025]
A closer view of the area around Dormitory as it appears on the 6″ Ordnance Survey from the end of the 19th century. The contractor’s railway would have run East from the quarries close to Dormitory, probably parallel to and on the North side of what would eventually become the A858 (Willowglen Road). [52]
A similar area in the 21st century. [Google Maps, July 2025]
A closer view of the area around Manor Farm as it appears on the 6″ Ordnance Survey from the end of the 19th century. The contractor’s railway would have run West-East, probably parallel to and on the North side of what would eventually become the A858 (Willowglen Road). [52]
Much the same area in the 21st century. [Google Maps, July 2025]

After crossing what is now called Percival Road South, the line crossed Macaulay Road and curved round through Goat Hill, passing the Poor House and the Hospital, running close to the pre-existing Fish Oil Works (adjacent to which Leverhulme’s Cannery was to be built). The Locomotive Shed was South and West of that location, as was a junction between the line from the quarry and the line East to Branahuie.

The line of the contractor’s railway heading East is not clear. The red-dotted line gives an idea of the possible alignment. Initially over open fields it has then been covered, by the extended cemetery at Sandwick and by housing developments. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Some field boundaries support the assumed route but there is no guarantee that this is the actual line of the contractor’s railway. At the right side of this image the line has once agin been built over. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The only indication as to the route of the line to the East of the built up area that I have been able to find is Jolly’s comment that the line ran alongside the A866. He says (above) that the line of the old railway is level while that of the road undulates. [Google Maps, July 2025]
This view East along the A866 is taken from a point a little to the East of the end of the development visible at the left of the satellite image immediately above. It is not beyond the bounds of possibility that the land immediately to the right of the road was the route of the contractor’s railway, but it does not appear as though the highway undulates as much as Jolly suggests. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Further to the East, a relatively slight gradient is evident in the road but there is little evidence of an old railway formation alongside the road. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Jolly has the remaining length of the contractor’s railway to Branahuie continuing along the South side of the A866. [Google Maps, July 2025]

It is entirely possible that the road now evident in the 21st century is not that which was present in the 1920s. It is very likely that the road to Branahuie was a single track road in the 1920s and that the widening of the road has covered the formation from the contractor’s railway line.

Stornoway Waterworks Railway (2ft-gauge)

Since the 1870s Stornoway’s water supply had come from Loch Airigh na Lic, about two miles west of the town, but by the mid-1930s this was proving insufficient for the population of around 5000 which was swelled by four or five hundred herring drifters operating out of the port during the season. Loch Mor an Stairr, five miles north-west of the town, was chosen to augment the supply as it was free from pollution and some distance from public roads. The exit from the Loch was between peat banks some 65ft apart, and it was across this that a concrete dam, 92ft long, was constructed. Pipes led at different levels to a small valve house on the north bank of the outlet stream, and a 9inch main then connect[ed] to the filter houses beside the main road.” [15: p8]

The Waterworks Railway. Another small extract  [15: p9]

The work was facilitated by the construction of a 2ft-gauge railway line.

A Simplex locomotive was used on the Stornoway Waterworks Railway. This locomotive was a 20hp model built by Motor Rail Ltd. It operated on the 2-foot gauge line that served the Stornoway Waterworks. Its Works No. is not known. One source suggests No. 110U082 but the records at the Apedale Valley Light Railway have that works number attributed to a 3ft-gauge locomotive at the Bo’ness & Kinneil Rly. [10] It is worth noting that the Almond Valley Light Railway has a 2ft 6in-gauge example. [11]

The Stornoway Waterworks Railway was built in the 1930s and ran for approximately 1.5 miles between Stornoway Waterworks and Loch Mòr an Stàirr. It was used to transport materials during the conversion of the loch into a reservoir for the waterworks and for subsequent maintenance works. It was closed by the 1960s. [12][13]

Writing about the locomotive and the construction work in 1982, Ian B. Jolly states: “The Contractor for the dam and pipeline was G. Mackay & Son. of Edinburgh, who started work on the dam in 1935. Their work was completed mid-1936 when the pipeline was connected direct to the town’s mains – the filter house and covered reservoirs were completed within the next few years. … A locomotive-worked narrow gauge tramway was used by MacKay & Son to construct the dam. Rock was excavated and crushed in a small quarry east of the main road. across which it was transferred by lorry to the tramway terminus. Stone and other materials were then carried by rail to the site of the dam. The railway was left in-situ and used by Stornoway Town Council for maintenance of the dam for many years. The loco, a 20 h.p. bow-framed model built by the Motor Rail & Tramcar Company of Bedford, was in use until at least 1940 when Mr Alex Macleod, the fitter who maintained it. was called up for military service. By 1943 the engine had been removed and it had been reduced to a frame and wheels. in which form it is believed to have been in use, pushed by hand, until the early 1960’s as the line’s only item of rolling stock. The loco frame is now [1982] very delapidated and derailed about half a mile from the filter house. It was originally fitted with a Dorman 2JO two-cylinder petrol engine; not the later, but similar 2JOR engine. The axleboxes have ‘W D 1918’ cast on them. whilst the loco had been fitted with the narrow pattern of brake column. This suggests that it was built during late 1918 for the War Department Light Railways, but sold directly as Government Surplus. Motor Rail’s records throw no light on its identity – the only locomotives credited to G. Mackay & Son of Edinburgh are two 40 h.p. ‘protected’ machines: LR3057 4wPM MR 1336/1918 and LR3088 4wPM MR 1367/1918. Both were in the service of MacKay by 21st June 1924. MR 1336 was later with Inns & Co Ltd, Moor Mill Pits. Colney St, Herts. and MR 1367 was with Thomson & Brown Bros Ltd, of Edinburgh by 16th February 1933. There is no mention of a 20 h.p. loco but MacKay was obviously no stranger to Motor Rail & Tramcar Company products.” [15: p9]

Jolly further notes that “Rolling stock on the line at the time of the dam construction consisted of nine one-cubic-yard skips, a mixture of side and end tippers. The derelict remains of several [could in 1982] be seen at the foot of the bank beneath the filter house, one being a single end tipper. The axle boxes [were] marked ‘Du Croo & Brauns’ – the Dutch firm of railway equipment suppliers. … Most of the track from the roadside terminus to just beyond the loco [had by 1982] been removed without authority – probably for fencing posts! However, the track layout [could] be traced because the turnouts [had in 1982] been left in place. These [were] rivetted to corrugated steel sleepers, whilst the remaining track [was] spiked to wooden sleepers or clipped to corrugated steel sleepers.” [15: p11]

Of further interest, is the significant variation in rail cross-section and weight (between 14lb and 20lb per yard).  Jolly also notes that, “On the lengths of prefabricated track where the rails [were tied accurately to gauge, three distinct gauges [could] be measured – 2ft, 60cm (1ft 11.5/8in) and 1ft 11½ in! The loco wheels [were] set to 60cm gauge.” [15: p11]

In 1982, only minimal earthworks were evident, with track following the undulation of the land but, says Jolly, “there is a rise of just over 25 feet from one end of the line to the other. The track terminates near the dam without so much as a buffer stop or siding. The remains of the loco and line will probably survive for many years to come, as scrapmen are unknown in the Outer Hebrides.” [15: p11]

Loch Mòr an Stàirr as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1960. The railway/tramway is shown on the North side of the Amhuinn a’ Ghlinne watercourse, approaching the loch from the Southeast. [9]
This next extract from the Ordnance Survey of 1960 shows the tramway/railway approaching the Waterworks. [9]
This photograph was taken on the line of the Waterworks Railway, © Claire Pegrum and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [12]
This photograph was also taken on the line of the Waterworks Railway, © Claire Pegrum and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [13]

Another photograph which shows remains of point work close to the Waterworks can be seen on the Railscot.co.uk website. [14]

Other Railways?

Jolly comments: “There appear to have been three other industrial railways in Lewis, lain D.A. Frew referred to the horse-worked system on the outskirts of Stornoway. This served the factory of the Lewis Chemical Co, promoted in the late nineteenth century to extract paraffin-oil from peat by a patent process. Garrabost Brickworks, about 8 miles east of Stornoway) is reputed to have had a short line. The brickworks is shown on the 1852 6in map but no railway, and the 1897 edition shows the works as ‘disused claypit. We were also told of Marybank Quarry, west of Stornoway, where there was a hand worked line from the rockface about 100 yards to the crusher. The quarry was operated in the few years before the last war by William Tawse of Aberdeen.” [15]

Other lines are referred to in a blog about the island accessed through the BBC website. The blog is entitled ‘Arnish Lighthouse’ and includes these words. … “Lewis did have railways, around the turn of the 19th/20th century. There was a railway from the quarry at Bennadrove to Stornoway. Posts related to this track can still be found in the Castle Grounds, opposite the Caberfeidh Hotel. … A trackbed was laid near Garrabost in Point, but a railway was never built.” [56]

I have not yet been able to find anything further about any of these short lines. There is an active quarry at Bennadrove. This is not far from Marybank

This final satellite image shows the relative locations of Marybank and Bennadrove to the West of Stornoway. It also encompasses most of the different line referred to in the immediate vicinity of Stornoway. [Google Maps, July 2025]

Records

Plans illustrating the surveyed railway routes proposed by Lord Leverhulme can be accessed at Tasglann nan Eilean Siar, the Hebridean Archives. [6]

References

  1. Roger Hutchinson; The Soap Man: Lewis, Harris and Lord Leverhulme; Birlinn, Edinburgh, 2003 (latest reprint 2017).
  2. https://stornowayfacilities.weebly.com/lord-leverhulmes-tenure-and-legacy-1918-1923.html, accessed on 19th June 2025.
  3. https://www.designingbuildings.co.uk/wiki/Lord_Leverhulme_on_Lewis_and_Harris, accessed on 19th June 2025.
  4. Halliday Sutherland; Arches of the Years; Geoffrey Bles, London, 1933.
  5. https://www.bbc.co.uk/scotland/islandblogging/blogs/005132/0000008950.shtml, accessed on 19th June 2025.
  6. http://ica-atom.tasglann.org.uk/index.php/map-of-lewis-and-north-harris-with-fishing-estates-around-garynahine-to-carloway-marked-in-colour-and-surveyed-railway-system, accessed on 19th June 2025.
  7. David Spaven & Julian Holland; Mapping the Railways; Times Books, London, 2012.
  8. https://hlrco.wordpress.com/scottish-narrow-gauge/proposed-lines/leverburgh-branahuie-railway, accessed on 20th June 2025. (See the comments made by Ian Jolly on 24th September 2013)
  9. https://maps.nls.uk/view/76344155, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  10. https://www.simplex.avlr.org.uk/existing%20simplexes.htm, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  11. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Almond_Valley_Light_Railway, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  12. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6217818, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  13. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6217804, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  14. https://railscot.co.uk/img/35/600, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  15. Ian B. Jolly; Hebridean Adventure; The Narrow Gauge No. 97, Autumn 1982, p8-14; via https://www.ngrs.org/downloads/TNG.1-100/tng97-autumn-1982.pdf, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  16. A. C. O’Dell & Kenneth Walton; Highlands and Islands of Scotland; Thomas Nelson & Sons, London, 1963.
  17. Nigel Nicolson; Lord of the Isles; Weidenfeld and Nicolson, London, 1960, (published in paperback by Acair Ltd., Stornoway, 2005).
  18. https://maps.nls.uk/projects/stornoway/index-en.html#layer=9, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  19. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=58.21875&lon=-6.39236&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  20. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.4&lat=58.22270&lon=-6.40823&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  21. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.4&lat=58.22136&lon=-6.43868&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  22. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.4&lat=58.21899&lon=-6.46359&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  23. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.4&lat=58.21559&lon=-6.48359&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  24. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.4&lat=58.21435&lon=-6.51529&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  25. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.4&lat=58.22152&lon=-6.53815&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  26. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.7&lat=58.22122&lon=-6.56470&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  27. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.6&lat=58.22118&lon=-6.59031&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  28. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.6&lat=58.22295&lon=-6.61322&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  29. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.8&lat=58.22739&lon=-6.63937&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  30. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.2&lat=58.23321&lon=-6.66554&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=64, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  31. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.2&lat=58.23920&lon=-6.67022&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=64, accessed on 2nd July 2025
  32. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.0&lat=58.24937&lon=-6.68719&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  33. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=58.24991&lon=-6.69284&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  34. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.3&lat=58.25347&lon=-6.70561&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  35. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=58.25864&lon=-6.72145&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95 , accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  36. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.3&lat=58.26459&lon=-6.73542&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  37. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=58.27161&lon=-6.74811&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  38. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=58.28025&lon=-6.76040&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  39. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.9&lat=58.28236&lon=-6.77484&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  40. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.0&lat=58.22770&lon=-6.68319&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  41. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.7&lat=58.22450&lon=-6.70241&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  42. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.9&lat=58.22126&lon=-6.72278&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  43. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.8&lat=58.21871&lon=-6.74460&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  44. https://maps.nls.uk/projects/stornoway/geo-en.html#zoom=13.0&lat=58.21500&lon=-6.37000&layer=10, accessed on 3rd July 2025. (Once on the correct webpage, please scroll down to the relevant map, dated 1919).
  45. John R. Gold & Margaret M. Gold; To Be Free and Independent: Crofting, Popular Protest and Lord Leverhulme’s Hebridean Development Projects, 1917-25; in Rural History Volume 7 No. 2, 1996, p191-206; via https://acrobat.adobe.com/id/urn:aaid:sc:EU:f5cf9740-225f-4de0-ae7d-cdf4bf13d22f, accessed on 4th July 2025.
  46. https://maps.nls.uk/view/76344950, accessed on 4th July 2025.
  47. https://maps.nls.uk/view/76344944, accessed on 4th July 2025.
  48. https://www.stornowayportauthority.com/about-us/our-history, accessed on 5th July 2025.
  49. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=58.28010&lon=-6.78611&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th July 2025.
  50. https://www.virtualheb.co.uk/phentland-road-isle-of-lewis-western-isles, accessed on 6th July 2025.
  51. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=58.22062&lon=-6.39641&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 5th July 2025.
  52. https://maps.nls.uk/view/76344158, accessed on 5th July 2025.
  53. https://portnacailliche.blogspot.com/2010/09/post-kew-excitement.html, accessed on 6th July 2025.
  54. https://wp.me/p153uL-81, accessed on 6th July 2025.
  55. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.0&lat=58.21120&lon=-6.38465&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th July 2025.
  56. https://www.bbc.co.uk/scotland/islandblogging/blogs/005132/0000008950.shtml, accessed on 5th July 2025.

The Railways of Namibia (the former South West Africa) – Part 1 – Windhoek and the Northern Lines

The Railway Magazine of February 1952 carried an article by Charles E. Lee about railways in what was German South West Africa. This encouraged me to have a look at the history of Namibia’s railways and their condition and extent in the 21st century. The 1952 article also caught my attention because Manchester Diocese (I was a priest in Manchester Diocese before retirement) is linked with the Diocese of Namibia.

The territory was formally colonized by Germany between 1884-1890. It covered an area of 835,100 sq. km. It was a settler colony and had attracted around 3,000 German settlers by 1903, who primarily settled in the central high grounds. [2]

German South West Africa, now known as Namibia, was a German colony from 1884 to 1915. It was not a province within the German Empire but a separate colonial territory. From 1891, the capital was Windhoek, which also serves as the capital of modern-day Namibia. [2]

The arrival of German settlers disrupted the existing socioeconomic balance and led to conflicts, particularly with the Herero and Nama people.

In 1883 Franz Adolf Lüderitz, a merchant from Bremen, Germany, established a trading post in southwest Africa at Angra Pequena, which he renamed Lüderitzbucht. He also acquired the adjacent coastal area, which he named Lüderitzland. These areas were constituted the first German colony under German protection on April 24, 1884. The German occupation subsequently extended inland. By the latter 1880s the German Colonial Company for the South realized that it was incapable of administering the territory, and the German government immediately took over the colony’s administration. As a result of the Zanzibar Treaty (1890) between Germany and Great Britain, German South West Africa acquired the Caprivi Strip (named after the German chancellor Graf Leo von Caprivi), a tract of land 280 miles (450 km) long in the extreme northeast of the territory; the colony thus gained access to the Zambezi River.” [3]

German colonial rule was harsh, leading to insurrections and resistance. “Major Theodor Leutwein, governor of the colony in 1894–1904, suppressed insurrections of the Khoekhoe (1894) and of the Hereros (1896). In 1904, however, the Hereros fomented a far more dangerous rebellion. The German force, at first only 750 strong and supported only by one artillery battery, had to face an army of some 8,000 men equipped with modern weapons. Reinforcements increased the German force, ultimately under the command of General Lothar von Trotha, and resulted in a decisive German victory on the Waterberg River. Further Khoekhoe rebellions were put down in 1904–07.” [3]

German South West Africa was occupied by the South African Union Defence Force in 1915 during World War I, and Germany formally ceded the territory under the Treaty of Versailles in 1919. Its administration was taken over by the Union of South Africa (part of the British Empire) and the territory was administered as South West Africa under a League of Nations mandate. It became independent as Namibia on 21st March 1990. [2]

The Railways

The railways in German South West Africa played a crucial role in the colonial administration and the First World War campaign. The German colonial authorities built a railway network between 1897 and 1914 to enable colonial territorialization and facilitate the extraction of resources. [4]

Charles E. Lee tells that “under the German regime, the first railway in South West Africa was the Northern State Railway (NSR), as it was then called, built to a gauge of 60 cm. (1 ft. 11 in.) between Swakopmund and Windhoek, via Jackalswater and Karibib, a distance of 238 miles. This line was begun in 1897 and was built by a German Military Brigade from Europe. It was first intended to be worked by animal power – Argentine mules or Cape donkeys – but steam traction was soon adopted. The first section (15 miles) was opened to traffic from Swakopmund in January 1898. By the end of that year 68 miles were ballasted and 54 open. In July 1900, the line was opened to Karibib, 121 miles, and the whole railway completed to Windhoek, a further 117 miles, in June, 1902. The curves and gradients were very severe, the gradient out of the Khan River gorge, for instance, being 1 in 19 with curves of 180 ft. radius. The rails weighed about 19 lb. a yard and were laid on iron sleepers. There were iron girder bridges at Khan River, Dorst River, and Kubas. The only good and plentiful water supplies were at Swakopmund and Karibib.” [1: p121]

Wikipedia tells us that there was actually an earlier line than the one Lee talks about. It was a small mining rail line at Cape Cross in 1895. [5] “Soon afterwards, the ox-cart transport system totally collapsed, in the wake of a rinderpest epidemic in 1897. As it was necessary to react quickly to the now extremely precarious transport situation, decisions were made: to build a railway line from the German port of Swakopmund to Windhoek (the Staatsbahn); to use existing, 600 mm (1 ft 11 5⁄8 in) gauge military Feldbahn material; and to entrust a railway brigade with the construction work, which began in September 1897.” [5]

Wikipedia continues: “Construction of the railways connecting with the Staatsbahn was aimed partly at military strategic objectives following the uprising of the Herero and Nama, and partly at economic requirements. … By World War I, the following lines had been developed (listed by the first year of full operation):” [5]

  • 1902: Swakopmund–Windhoek line, 600 mm (1 ft 11 5⁄8 in) gauge, Karibib–Windhoek section re-gauged in 1911 to 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm) gauge. [5]
  • 1906: Otavibahn, 600 mm gauge. [5]
  • 1905: Onguati–Karibib branch. [5]
  • 1908: Otavi–Grootfontein branch. [5]
  • 1907: Lüderitzbahn, 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm). [5]
  • 1909: Seeheim–Kalkfontein branch. [5]
  • ca 1911: Kolmannskuppe–Elisabethbucht–Bogenfels, industrial railway of the diamond fields. This 600mm gauge railway was electrified from 1911 (the only electric railway in Namibia’s history).  Diamond mining in the region gradually moved south. The northern part of the line as far as Pomona was abandoned in 1931, and some of its materials were used for the extension of the railway towards Oranjemund. The southern section was operated with diesel traction. This line no longer exists. [5]
  • 1912: Windhoek–Keetmanshoop railway, 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm) gauge. [5]
  • 1912: Rehoboth shuttle, 600 mm (1 ft 11 5⁄8 in) gauge (questionable). [6][7][2][5]
  • 1914: Otjiwarongo–Outjo–Okahakana, 600 mm gauge (project started, but not completed due to the war). [5]
The Windhoek–Keetmanshoop railway, circa 1916, © Franz Baltzer, Public Domain. [5]

Lee talks of the formation, by the Otavi Mining & Railway Company, an Anglo-German syndicate owning the copper mines at Otavi and Tsumeb, of a railway: “This company was formed in Berlin in 1900, in accordance with an arrangement between the South-West Afrika Company, the Disconto-Gesellschaft of Berlin, and the Exploration Company. The first intention was to build a 3 ft. 6 in. gauge railway from Port Alexander in Portuguese West Africa to run in a south-easterly direction up the Muende River Valley and via Etosha Pan to the Tsumeb Copper Mines, and later to extend this line to Rhodesia to form a trans-African railway. Eventually it was decided to form a 60 cm. gauge line entirely in German territory connecting Swakopmund with Tsumeb, a distance of 351 miles. Construction was undertaken by Arthur Koppel & Co. and was begun in November 1903, but was delayed by the Herero War, and the work completed on 25th August 1906. This undertaking, called the Otavi Railway, had the distinction of being the longest narrow-gauge railway in the world. Branches were laid subsequently from Otavi to Grootfontein (56 miles) and from Onguati to Karibib on the State Railway (9 miles). The cost is stated to have been about £2,400 a mile, or roundly £1,000,000 in total. The railway was bought by the German Imperial Government in 1910 for £1,250,000, but the management was left in the hands of the company under a 30-year lease, terminable after 10 years.” [1: p121]

This line was well constructed, and well ballasted. It had a ruling gradient of 1 in 66 and minimum curvature of 150 metres. The permanent way consisted of steel rails in 30-ft. lengths, 30 lb. a yard, laid on steel sleepers weighing about 26 lb. each. “From Swakopmund, for a distance of 68 miles, the line rises steadily on a grade of 1 in 66 to Ebony Station, where it reaches an altitude of 3,500 ft. (On the down journey, the last 40 miles into Swakop-mund can be run by gravity.) From Ebony there is a regular fall to Usakos, which is 2,640 ft. above sea level. From Usakos it climbs 690 ft. in 13 miles to Onguati, and continues to rise until it attains its greatest elevation near Kalk-feld, where the summit is 5,200 ft.” [1: p121]

The Otavi Railway, like the State Railway, was built to the 2 ft-gauge, though a difference of 1 centimetre in the wheel gauges is stated to have prevented the free interchange of rolling-stock. The widening to 3 ft. 6 in. of the gauge between Swakopmund and Omaruru had been voted by the German Railway Board, but the work had not been put in hand by the outbreak of the 1914 war. A new branch projected at the same period was the Ovamboland Line, the first aim of which was to provide Ovambo labour for the South. The Landesrat in November 1913, approved a line of 2 ft-gauge, but on earthworks and bridges wide enough for a 3ft. 6in. gauge track, to run from Otjiwarongo (on the Otavi Railways) to Outjo and Okahakana.” [1: p121]

Railways in South West Africa from Swakopmund, mainly German- built, included the 361 miles to Tsumeb, opened in 1906, and the longest narrow-gauge railway in the world. The gauge at the Southern end was widened in 1915. [1: p122]

A sum of £450,000 was allowed for the line from Otjiwarongo to Outjo and Okahakana “in the German Loan Estimates for 1914-15. The first section, including the 55 miles from Otjiwarongo to Amiab Poort, was to cost £250,000. Construction was begun, and the line was laid for 22 miles before the outbreak of hostilities in the first world war.” [1: p123]

Railway developments south of Windhoek, on the 3 ft. 6 in. gauge, made it desirable to convert the earlier 2ft. lines. During 1911, the section from Karibib to Windhoek was converted to 3 ft. 6 in. gauge at a cost of £550,000, with the Bechstein-Koppel Gesellschaft as contractor. The ruling gradient [was] 1 in 66 with a minimum curvature of 656 ft. This work was completed during 1913. The Swakop River at Okahandja [was] spanned by a bridge 350 ft. long, and there [was] a smaller bridge at Otjihavera. About the same time, the coastward section from Karibib to Swakopmund was practically abandoned in favour of the alternative route provided by the Otavi Railway. In fact, the settlers in the Swakop Valley, who asked for a short railway to link them with Swakopmund, were promised in November 1913, that the material from the disused 92 miles of the State line between Swakopmund and Kubas would be used for this purpose, but it was not done.” [1: p123]

An image showing an armoured train in South West Africa during World War I, 1914-1918, can be found here [29] The South African army invaded the German colony of South West Africa in March 1915 overrunning the much smaller German forces.

Wikipedia tells us that, “With the outbreak of World War I, the German Schutztruppe military unit retreated from the coast, and withdrew into the inland. In the process, the Schutztruppe destroyed the Otavibahn, and the old Staatsbahn towards Karibib, as far as Rössing.” [5]

The Staatsbahn was abandoned but this was not the case with the Otavibahn. In 1914, “British troops … moved forward from the British enclave of Walvis Bay, and by the end of 1914 they had built a 37 km (23 mi) long 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm) railway to Swakopmund. The Otavibahn was also reconstructed in 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm) as far as Usakos, and the section between Usakos and Karibib was realigned. The network north of Usakos remained in 600 mm (1 ft 11 5⁄8 in) gauge; the workshop for both gauges was consolidated in Usakos, and the one in Karibib was closed.” [5]

Lee tells us that by 1917 the Staatsbahn line from Karibib to the coast had ceased to exist. “the line between Karibib and Rossing (95 miles), the 10-mile branch from Jakalswater (built to carry water from the Swakop River at Riet), and the Kubas military line (4.5 miles), were lifted and removed to provide material for Tanganyika and the Union of South Africa.” [1: p123]

Lee goes on to confirm that the Union forces, in the course of their invasion of German South West Africa, “laid a 3 ft. 6 in. line for 100 miles inland from Swakopmund to Kranzberg along the original track of the Otavi line, which the Germans had wrecked in their retreat. This was completed in August, 1915. The construction of a new 12.5-mile section, of the same gauge, from Kranzberg to Karibib, was completed in July 1915, and again connected the Otavi Railway with the [NSR]. Thus, in August 1915, there was continuous communication of uniform gauge for the first time from Swakopmund to points south of Windhoek. As strategic railways had meanwhile linked the Union Railways with those of South-West Africa on 25th June 1915, a through railway of 1,635 miles was provided between Walvis Bay and Cape Town.” [1: p123]

Also during the first world war, a new railway from South Africa was constructed – “as an extension of the De Aar-Prieska Railway – to achieve a secure supply route for … South African troops. In 1916, the line was connected to the German network at Kalkfontein (now Karasburg).” [5]

With the linking of the Kranzberg-Tsumeb 2ft-gauge line to the workshops at Usakos by means of a third rail between Usakos and Kranzberg on the 3-ft. 6-in. gauge track of improved location, the 9-mile section from Karibib to Onguati was no longer of value, and it was uplifted in 1924.” [1: p123]

The former Otavi Railway system [was] therefore represented [in 1952] by about 100 miles of 3 ft. 6 in. line on the coastward section, part of the main railway system of South-West Africa, and 307 miles of 2ft-gauge farther inland. [In 1952, there were] also various private branch lines (some disused) connected with the 2ft section. [In 1952], the present main line of this gauge [was] from Kranzberg to Tsumeb, some 251 miles, on which one train in each direction [was] run two days a week.” [1: p123]

Wikipedia continues: Under South African/British occupation, the following lines were established (listed by first year of full operation): [5][10]

  • 1914: Walvis Bay–Swakopmund in 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm). [5]
  • 1915: Swakopmund–Karibib: Reconstruction in 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm). [5]
  • 1915/1916: (De Aar)–Nakop (border)–Kalkfontein in 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm). [5]
  • 1921: Otjiwaronge–Outjo 600mm gauge (based on German preparations). [5]
  • 1929: Windhoek–Gobabis railway in 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm). [5]
  • From 1958: the Otavibahn north of Usakos was gradually regauged to 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm), with the new line being laid parallel to the existing line, but largely on new foundations; the new line was in operation from 1961. [5]

From August 1915 the Namibian railway network was operated de facto by South African Railways, and this arrangement became official in 1922. … From 1959, steam locomotives were gradually replaced by diesel locomotives, for which an engine-house was built in Windhoek. This made operations very much easier, because water is in short supply in Namibia, and the coal needed to heat the water in the steam locomotives also had to be procured from the Transvaal.” [5]

The Namibian Network in the 21st century

In the 21st century, the rail network of Namibia is operated by TransNamib. As of 2017, the Namibian rail network consisted of 2,687 km of tracks. [11]

The Namibian Rail Network, © Htonl and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [11]
A schematic representation of the Nambian network. [11]

Windhoek-Kranzberg

The railway line from Windhoek to Kranzberg is 210 kilometres (130 miles) long and was completed in 1902. [10]

  • Windhoek (capital – junction)
  • Okahandja
  • Karibib (proposed cement works)
  • Kranzberg (junction Tsumeb v Windhoek)

After the aerial image immediately below, the next three images form a kind of ‘tryptic’ which shows the TransNamib train yard and station at Windhoek. Taken together they show the full site. …

An aerial image showing Windhoek train yard, © Hp Baumeler and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [28]
These three images taken together cover the full Windhoek train yard and station. [Google Maps, June 2025]

The main station building and the TransNamib Museum are located at the Southeast corner of the whole site.

Windhoek Railway Station building with a static locomotive display sitting outside its front entrance. The locomotive was known as ‘Poor Ole Joe’. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Windhoek Railway Station building seen from the South, © Bernhard Dunst and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [40]

Wikipedia tells us that “the station was built in a Cape Dutch-style and is located on Bahnhof Street. An additional northern wing was constructed by South African Railways in 1929 to match the existing style of the building. … The station also houses the small Trans-Namib Railroad Museum which outlines Namibian transport history, particularly that of the railway. Opened on 1st July 1993, the exhibition consists of a wide range of railway equipment, maps and related items which date back to German colonial times. Another part of the exhibition is dedicated to Namibian Airways history and Namibian Maritime history. …  Across from the entrance [to the station] stands the German locomotive ‘Poor Ole Joe’, one half of a South West African Zwillinge, No 154A, the sole surviving specimen of this type of steam locomotive. It was originally shipped to Swakopmund in 1899 and reassembled for the run to Windhoek” [23][24]

0-6-0T locomotive ‘Poor Ole Joe’ sits outside Windhoek Railway Station, © Catatine and made available for reuse under a GNU Free Documentation Licence (GNU FDL). [26]

Namibia Scientific Society posted the following on Facebook on 9th June 2020: Poor Ole Joe is a 600mm-gauge steam locomotive “and was manufactured in 1900 by Henschel & Sohn GmbH, Kassel, Germany, under the serial number 5376. It was put into operation in 1904 and operated on the Swakopmund – Windhoek route. The steam locomotive was taken out of service in 1939 after traveling approximately 371,000 miles.” [25]

There is some uncertainty over the date of fabrication of the locomotive. Perhaps the two years mentioned relate to a date when the locomotive was shipped from the factory and the date of completion of the reassembly in Swakopmund?

Looking North from Robert Mugabe Avenue which crosses the line at the North end of the train yard, the main running line is that on the right. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line continues North through the northern industrial corridor. In this image the line crosses an unwanted crossing with Bavaria Road to the right. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Continuing northwards, the line runs parallel to the access road to the TransNamib Container terminal. On the right of this picture the siding accessing the terminal can be seen leaving the main running line. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The entrance to the TransNamib Holdings Ltd. Windhoek Container Terminal sits adjacent to the line to Okahandja and beyond. [Google Streetview, 2024]
As the line runs out of Windhoek to the North it runs alongside the A1, from where this picture is taken. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Much of the route North is through scrubland with low growing vegetation. Google Streetview, 2024]
Some miles still from Okahandja the line is seen passing under the B1.  [Google Streetview, 2022]
It then crosses the Swakopmund River.. [Google Maps, June 2025]
And crosses the Swakopmund River channel again! [Google Maps, June 2025]
It crosses another, unnamed, road by means of an ungated crossing adjacent to a large abattoir. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Then under the B1 which is carried by this concrete bridge. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Across Willhem Sanders Street [Google Streetview, 2024]
And across a side street of Kahimemua Avenue before arriving at Okahandja Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Okahandja Railway Station and turning triangle. Google Maps, June 2025]
Okahandja Railway Station building in 1903, © Public Domain. [27]
Okahandja Railway Station building in the 21st century, © Louise Kapp and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [27]
Okahandja Railway Station, showing goods wagons opposite the station building in the 21st century, © Louise Kapp and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [27]
Okahandja Goods Shed seen looking West from Voortrekker Road. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking towards Karibib from the B1 bridge over the line. [Google Streetview, 2024]
A typical view along the line heading West. [Google Streetview, 2024]
A view Southwest from a dirt road which crosses the line just to the Northeast of a passing loop at Wilheimstal. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
A bridge over a dry riverbed close to Wilheimstal, seen from the North. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Looking West along the line towards Karibib from the C36. [Google Streetview, October 2024]
Looking ahead along the railway towards Karibib from a minor road. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking ahead towards Karibib from the C33. [Google Streetview, October 2924]
Looking back from Kapapu Road, Karibib, along the railway towards Okahandja and Windhoek. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Looking Southwest into the site of Karibib Railway Station from Kapapu Road. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
An aerial view of Karibib  in 2017, showing the railway and station on the left © Hp Baumeler and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [31]
Karibib Railway Station in the 1920s, © Unknown , Public Domain. [5]
Karibib Railway Station building. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Looking back towards Karibib from Kalk Street in its Southwest suburbs. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Southwest towards Kransberg from  Kalk Street. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking back towards Karibib from an unnamed street further to the Southwest. [Google Streetview, 2024
Looking ahead along the line towards Kransberg and Swakopmund. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line heading on towards Kransberg. A significant length of the B2 runs on the South side of the railway. [Google Streetview, 2004]
Kranzberg Railway Station and turning loop. This is a junction station, the two lines can be seen diverging on the top-right of the image. The more northerly of the two is the line to Tsumeb. The more southerly heads towards Windhoek. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Kranzburg Railway Station, © Pgallert and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [32]

Kranzberg-Walvis Bay

The railway line from Kranzberg to Walvis Bay is 201 kilometres (125 miles) long. The section between Kranzberg and Swakopmund was completed in 1902. In 1914, an extension to Walvis Bay was commissioned; the rails were laid close to the shore of the Atlantic Ocean. In 1980, this extension was replaced by an alternative route behind the dunes that allowed for higher axle load. [10]

  • Kranzberg (junction Tsumeb v Windhoek)
  • Usakos
  • Arandis (crossing loop)
  • Swakopmund
  • Walvis Bay (port)
Looking back Northeast towards Kranzberg Railway Station from the B2. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Southwest along the railway towards Usakos’, Arandis and Swakopmund. [Google Streetview, 2024]

Key locations along the line to Swakopmund are illustrated below: …

Close to Usakos and looking back East along the line towards Kranzberg. The line turns through 90° with Usakos’ station off the right side of this photograph. A short distance to the East of this location a locomotive turning triangle has been maintained. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Usakos railway station and associated infrastructure. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Usakos in the early 20th century. The line was originally 2ft-gauge. This image was shared on the 2ft Gauge Railways in Colonial Namibia Facebook Group by Pierre de Wet on 22nd January 2024, © Public Domain. [33]
Usakos in the early 20th century. The 2ft-gauge is more clearly evident in this image which was shared on the 2ft Gauge Railways in Colonial Namibia Facebook Group by Pierre de Wet on 22nd January 2024, © Public Domain. [34]
A plinthed steam engine with Usakos’ railway station beyond [Google Streetview, 2024]
Locomotive No. SW40 at Usakos Railway Station. This is a 2’0” gauge Class Hd/NG5 2-8-2 (Henschel works number 10720) built in 1912. The building behind, is the old railway station building which has, since the picture was taken, been demolished. Loco. No.. SW40 had 2 sisters numbered 41 & 42 – together they made up class Hd. These locos retained their numbers under SAR administration, and were withdrawn in 1960 when the narrow gauge was converted to standard Cape gauge. Sister locomotive #41 is plinthed at Otjiwarongo station further to the north. Like many other SWA locos they had dust covers to protect the motion. The carrying wheels were arranged as radial axles. As there were no separate bogie truck, the axle boxes were guided in such a way that the wheels could move radially with respect to the frame. [21][22]
Usakos’ historic railway sheds. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Usakos’ historic water towers. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Northwest a short distance to the South of Usakos’ railway station. The line heading for Swakopmund sits on embankment and turns to the West after leaving the station.A modern concrete bridge carries the railway over the D1914 road. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Arandis: the marshalling yard is the darker of the two rail routes in this image and shows a number of wagons at rest in the yard. The main line is the lighter strip running from bottom-left to top-right. The line from Usakos and Kranzberg enters top-right, that from Swakopmund enters bottom-left. The line with the darker ballast is a branch line which serves Rossing Uranium Mine, one of the world’s largest open cast Uranium mines. [20][Google Maps, June 2025]

Before having a look at the Rossing Uranium Mine, it is worth a quick diversion Northwest of the station and marshalling yard shown above. The Namibia Institute of Mining & Technology is host to a plinthed display of a locomotive and carriages from the old 2ft-gauge railways of Namibia.

This image shows a complete (but short) 2ft-gauge train at the Namibia Institute of Mining and Technology. [Google Streetview, 2024],

This train was once on display in Windhoek. It was moved to the Namibia Institute of Mining Technology (NIMT) outside Arandis. and restored with the help of Wesbank Transport and AWH Engineering, Rigging and Rentals. The locomotive, is a Henschel Hb 56. The locomotive and its wagons were in use between Usakos and Tsumeb between 1906 and 1959. The South African Railways then donated it to the National Museum in Windhoek and in 1964 it was placed in front of the Alte Feste, but it was too close to the Reiterdenkmal and was moved in 1974 to the southern side. The train consists of the locomotive, a coal wagon, a closed goods wagon, a passenger coach for first and second class and a wagon in which the conductor travelled with the mailbags, milk and cream cans that were picked up along the route. The passenger coach could transport 16 passengers. The first-class passengers could sit on upholstered seats while the second-class passengers sat on plain wooden benches. The two classes were divided by a small washroom. The conductor’s wagon was destroyed in 2007 when it was set alight by a homeless person who slept in the train and made a fire. The boilermaker and carpentry students at NIMT renovated the train. [35]

The locomotive is from the class Hb 0-6-2T. Of the 15 locomotives built by Henschel for the Otavi line between 1905 and 1908, six were absorbed into the SAR. The engines had Allan valve gear and often ran with an auxiliary tender attached which contained both coal and water.” [36]

Rossing Opencast Uranium Mine. [20]
Rossing Opencast Uranium Mine. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The view Northeast towards the passing loop and marshalling yards at Arandis. The Uranium Mine is a few miles off to the right of the picture. Swakopmund is still me miles away behaving Nd the camera. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking ahead towards Swakopmund. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The Swakopmund Railway Station as it appeared in the early 20th century. [37]
The original Swakopmund Railway Station is now a hotel and casino with the modern railway station a short distance to the East. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Swakopmund Railway Station in the 21st century as flagged on Google Maps. It is difficult to make out any railway tracks at this location. The Desert Express was the only passenger service serving Swakopmund and that service was suspended indefinitely in 2020. Freight trains still run into Swakopmund. [Google Streetview, 2024][19]
A train on the Swakopmund-Walvis Bay route, © Diego Delso and approved for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [11]
Track from Swakopmund to Walvis Bay covered by sand
(22°47′17″S 014°35′20″E), © Olga Ernst & Hp.Baumeler and Iicenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 4.0). [11]
Looking Southeast towards the railway station from Railway Street, Walvis Bay. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Walvis Bay Port and Railway Station: rail lines extend out onto the container port area to the left of this satellite image; run along the quay in the centre of the image (flagged ‘Walvis Bay Port); through the area where ships are berthed. A large marshalling yard sits on the Northwest side of the station which is flagged on the right side of this image. [Google Maps, June 2025]
A closer view of Walvis Bay Passenger Station and the nearby freight marshalling area. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Walvis Bay Railway Station: track side. This image was shared on LinkedIn by Johan Stewart Laubscher in 2022. [38]
Walvis Bay Railway Station: station approach. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The static enclosed display of an old steam locomotive on the forecourt of Walvis Bay Railway Station. This locomotive is ‘Hope’, a Kerr Stuart locomotive which was built at their works in Stoke on Trent and entered service in what is now Namibia in 1899. [Google Streetview, 2024]

Walvis Bay was a British enclave in German South West Africa. The first narrow gauge railway in the British ruled Cape Colony was in Walvis Bay. Initially projected merely to connect the jetty with the town, the Walvis Bay Railway was opened in 1899 and ran for twelve miles up north to the German border at Plum. [17]

On 6th March 1899 the Agent General for the Cape of Good Hope ordered a “Sirdar” class locomotive named ‘Hope’ which was almost as long in transit to Walvis Bay – where it arrived on 22nd August 1899 on board the British barque Primera – as it had been in the building. Because of the extremely light nature of the track (12 lb. rail with sleepers spaced three feet apart) HOPE was provided with an additional pair of carrying wheels at both ends. Thus the standard 0-4-0T type was converted to a 2-4-2T type. Even so the maximum axle load of ‘Hope’ in working order would be about 1¾ tons, which is considerably more than today’s suggested figure for this category of track of 1 ton 4 cwt. Within six years the railway was virtually moribund and by 1915, ‘Hope’ had been laid aside and forgotten. That was because the Germans preferred to use their own harbour in Swakopmund.” [17][18]

Two works photographs of ‘Hope’: in the one with the valance (wheel cover) raised, one of the smaller carrying wheels can just be made out on the left of the picture. [17][18]

Kranzberg-Otavi

The railway line from Kranzberg to Otavi is 328 kilometres (204 miles) long and was completed in 1906. [10]

  • Kranzberg (junction Tsumeb v Windhoek)
  • Omaruru
  • Kalkfeld (short siding)
  • Otjiwarongo (junction for Outjo)
  • Otavi

Kranzberg Railway Station has already been featured above. The next images show the line from there to Otavi. …

Kranzberg Railway Station. [Google Streetview, June 2025]

The loop allows trains from Windhoek to access the route to Otavi without reversing. That line running towards Otavi sets off from Kranzberg in a Northeasterly direction crossing a series of dry watercourses and gradually taking a more northerly course before encountering the D2315 (a dirt road).

Looking North from the ungated crossing on the D2315. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Less than 100 metres North of the D2315, this is a typical drainage culvert on the line. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Just a little further North is an example of a culvert provided at a dry river/stream bed [Google Streetview, 2024]
And another culverted dry watercourse. Google Streetview, 2024]
A typical length of the permanent way seen looking North from an ungated crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line crosses the dry river bed of the Omaruru River by means of a multi-span truss girder bridge. [Google Maps, June 2025]
On the approach to Omaruru, a dirt road is bridged by the railway. [Google Streetview, 2024]
At Aloe Street ungated crossing, two lines are now visible heading Northeast towards Omaruru Railway Station. The line on the left is a headshunt or storage siding. [Google Streetview, 2024]
This satellite image is centred on the building at Omaruro Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Omaruru Railway Station in its earliest incarnation in 1906. At this time the line to Otavi was 2ft-gauge. The site appears to be littered with railway construction materials, © Public Domain. [30]
The station building has seen better days! This view looks East from Etjo Street. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Leaving Omaruru, the line passes under the C36. [Google Streetview, 2024]
It runs alongside the C33 all the way to Kalkfeld. This view is taken looking North-northwest from the road. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Crossing dry river beds on the journey North. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line passes under the C33 once on the way to Kalkfeld. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Closing in on Kalkfeld there is a passing loop. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Another view of the line from the C33. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Kalkfeld: the C33 and the railway pass North-northeast through the town. There is no passenger station here. [Google Maps, June 2025]
In Kalkfeld two roads cross the line. Here we look North along the line from the first of these ungated crossings, a minor dirt road. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The second ungated crossing takes the D2414 across the line, again we are looking North. [Google Streetview, 2024]

From Kalkfeld the line heads in a generally Northeasterly direction towards Otjiwarongo.

As on the earlier length of the line, we see it crossing a number of dry river beds. [Google Maps , June 2025]

The next five images are a sequence which shows a long passing loop, perhaps halfway towards Otjiwarongo.

A sequence of five images shows a passing loop. The sequence has the Northeast end of the loop in the first of the five images and the Southwest end of the loop in the fifth image, immediately above. [Google Maps, June 2025]

The next five images show a sequence of structures over dry river beds

Five bridges spanning dry watercourses. [Google Maps, June 2025]
This photograph is taken from the C33 which has followed the railway Northeast towards Otjiwarongo. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Approaching Otjiwarongo, this photograph faces East-northeast from alongside an ungated crossing around 50 metres Southeast of the C33. [Google Streetview, 2024]
This photograph faces East-northeast along the approach to Otjiwarongo Railway Station. The road from which it is taken is the C38. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Otjiwarongo Railway Station is a junction station with line onward to Otavi and Outjo. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Otjiwarongo Railway Station building. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Otjiwarongo Goods Shed. [Google Streetview, 2024]
In 1912, Henschel built three 2-8-2 tender engines No. 40, No. 41 and No. 42 for the Otavi line for use on the Swakopmund-Karabib section. No. 41 is plinthed outside Otjiwarongo Railway Station. Like many other SWA locos they had dust covers to protect the motion. The carrying wheels were arranged as radial axles. As there were no separate bogie truck, the axle boxes were guided in such a way that the wheels could move radially with respect to the frame. At that time the railway was a 2ft-gauge line [Google Streetview, 2024] More information can be found here. [39]

The line to Otavi continues heading Northeast. …

The line to the Northeast of Otjiwarongo Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
At the bottom-left of the image above the line crosses the C33 at an ungated crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]
A closer satellite view of the length of the line to the Northeast of the C33. A few sidings serve industries to the South of the line. The road at the centre of the image running North-South is Industria Street. [Google Maps, June 2024]
Looking West from Industria Street. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Northeast from Industria Street. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The B1 to the Northeast of Otjiwarongo bridges the line. This view looks Southwest towards the railway station. [Google Str
Looking Northeast towards Otavi from the B1. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line runs parallel to the B1 heading Northeast. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Looking Northeast along the line from an ungated crossing at the D2430. The B1 can just be seen on the left of this image. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
A little further Northeast this photograph, taken from the B1, shows a minor road crossing the railway at an ungated crossing. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
As we travel Northeast, the landscape becomes greener. This another view looking East from the B1 and shows another ungated crossing of a minor road. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
The line passing under the B1. The landscape has changed. The line is running through dense shrubs and small trees. [Google Streetview, 2024]
In Otavi, this is Phyllis Street. It crosses the line at the Southwest end of the station site. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Otavi Railway Station and turning triangle. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Otavi Railway Station building. [Google Streetview, 2024]

It is worth noting here that the original gauge of the line from the coast to Otavi and Tsumeb was originally built to 2ft-gauge. Later it was converted to 3ft 6in gauge. The line was built for the Otavi Mining and Railway Company (Otavi Minen- und Eisenbahn-Gesellschaft or OMEG). The company was founded was a railway and mining company in German Son 6th April 1900 in Berlin with the Disconto-Gesellschaft and the South West Africa Company as major shareholders. [41]

The first locomotives designed for regular service were fifteen 22-tonne 0-6-2T locos built by Arn. Jung. [41][42: p45] Henschel & Sohn built twelve locomotives similar to the Jung design and three 0-6-0T locos. [41][42: p45] Twenty 8-wheel auxiliary tenders carrying 8 cubic metres of water and 3.5 tonnes of coal were built to enable these tank locomotives to complete longer runs. [41][42: p45][43: p65] Henschel & Sohn built three HD class 2-8-2 in 1912 with separate 8-wheel tenders for long-distance running. [42: p47] These locomotives weighed 59 tonnes (including the 26-tonne tender) and remained in service for 50 years as the 2-8-2 type became standard for the railway. [41]

By 1913, train service included 4 express trains, 14 mixed trains, and 29 freight trains each week. [42: p39] Express and mixed trains included a baggage car, a car for African passengers, and a coach for first and second class passengers. [42: p39] The passenger coaches carried concrete ballast in a depressed center section to minimize the possibility of wind tipping a lightly loaded car off the rails. [43] Express trains stopped only at designated stations, but other trains would stop at intermediate points when transport was required. [42: p39] Equipment included: 96 low-side ore gondolas; 55 high-side gondolas; 20 limestone gondolas; 20 boxcars; 12 tank cars; 4 stock cars; 3 passenger coaches; and an executive business car with a kitchen, a bathroom, and an office convertible to a bedroom at night. [41][42: p42][43: p65]

There were also some self-powered steam rail cars with a coal bunker, a mail compartment, 2 compartments for Europeans, and 4 for Africans. [41][42: p36]

Otavi-Grootfontein

The railway line from Otavi to Grootfontein is 91 kilometres (57 miles) long and was completed in 1908. [10]

  • Otavi (junction for Grootfontein)
  • Grootfontein (branch terminus)
Otavi Railway Station, seen from the C39 at the Northeast end of the station site. [Google Streetview, 2024]
From the same location on the C39 a wider view shows the sidings at Otavi Railway Station [Google Streetview, 2024]
Turning through approximately 180° and looking Northeast, the line to Tsumeb runs towards the hills at the left of the image. The line to Grootfontein curves away to the right. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking back towards Otavi Railway Station from the ungated crossing on Josef Buchholz Avenue. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Turning through 180°, this is the view Sputheast from Josef Buchholz Avenue towards Grootfontein. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Heading Southeast out of Otavi the line to Grootfontein passes under the B1. This is the view along the line from the road and bridge. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Out of Otavi, the line soon starts to accompany the B8 in its journey East. This photograph is taken from the B8 and shows an ungated crossing on a minor road. [Google Streetview, 2024]
An ungated crossing provides access from the B8 into Kombat. The road is the D2863. This is the view East at the crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]

The line turns away from the B8, to the North. As it does so it crosses the D2860 at an ungated crossing.

The line to Grootfontein crosses the D2860 at an ungated crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]

The line follows the D2860 and then the D2905 before passing under the B8, as it heads for Grootfontein.

An ungated crossing to the South of the D2905. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The view ahead along the line towards Grootfontein from the B8. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The view towards Grootfontein from a minor road ungated crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Much closer to Grootfontein, another view East along the railway. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The fuel depot at Grootfontein. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Grootfontein Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Grootfontein Railway Station in 2007. This image was shared on the African Railway Station Stopping Places Facebook Page In 2012. [46]
Grootfontein Railway Station goods depot in 2007. This image was shared on the African Railway Station Stopping Places Facebook Page In 2012. [47]

Grootfontein railway station is being converted into a logistics hub for business with the DRC and Zambia.

At the moment, trucks from the DRC, Zambia or Namibia travel about 2,500 kilometres from Walvis Bay harbour to Lubumbashi. With the introduction of the Grootfontein hub, these trucks will travel a distance of about 1,400 kilometres. TransNamib is prepared to dedicate four trains a week for this business idea. [44] 

Immediately to the East of the railway station the line turns to the South and is clearly not well used and significantly overgrown in places. [Google Maps, June 2025]
After a few hundred metres the line turns to the East. It can clearly be made out towards the bottom of this satellite image. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line continues East and passes under the D2830. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking West from the D2830, a short length of the line can be seen just to the right of the centre of this image. [Google Streetview, 2024]
To the East of the D2380 a series of sidings still exist. [Google Maps, June 2025]
It is harder to make out the sidings in this view. The photograph looks East from the D2380. [Google Streetview, 2024]
These last two satellite images show the extent of the tracks in the industrial area to the East of the D2380. [Google Maps, June 2025]

Otjiwarongo-Outjo

  • Otjiwarongo (junction for Outjo)
  • Outjo (railhead)

Otjiwarongo Railway Station is illustrated above. The railway line from Otjiwarongo to Outjo is 69 kilometres (43 mi) long. The first 26 kilometres (16 mi) were completed under the German colonial administration in 1914/1915; the railway line was named Amboland Railway in reference to the territory of the Ovambo people. The link to Outjo was completed in 1921 under South African rule. [10]

The branch line to Outjo can be seen turning away North from the line to Otavi. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The branch line crossed the C33 at an ungated crossing. This photograph looks South from the C33 towards Otjiwarongo Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Turning through 120°, or perhaps more, standing on the C33, the rails of the line to Outjo disappear into the vegetation. The line has clearly not been used for some time. However, we will see that much of the line to Outjo remains in place and perhaps could be renovated should the need arise. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line curves round towards the West. On the way it appears often out of the undergrowth. Here, this minor road crosses the old railway and the signs still stand proudly either side of the line, either side of the railway. [Google Streetview, 2924]
The road shown above appears bottom-right of this image. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line then heads Southwest for a while before gradually turning through the West to the Northwest. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line appears out of the brush quite often and sometimes for significant distances, as these two. [Google Maps, June 2025]
These two images are typical of what can be seen on satellite imagery. The line appears out of the brush quite often and sometimes for significant distances. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line turns through West to Northwest. [Google Maps, June 2025]
It continues, Northwest. [Google Maps, June 2025]
One passing loop appears out of the undergrowth. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Here it can be seen crossing another minor road. [Google Maps, June 2025]
And then a tarmac road. All crossings are ungated. [Google Maps, June 2025]

The next series of six photographs show sidings parallel to the running line. This location is more than just a passing loop but I have not been able to establish whether a specific local industry was the reason for the sidings. The photographs run in sequence Southeast to Northwest. …

The last of six photographs of sidings adjacent to the line to Outjo. [Google Maps, June 2025]

The next sequence of four photographs shows a passing loop on the line. In sequence, these photographs run from the Southeast to the Northwest. …

The last of a series of four satellite images showing a passing loop on the Otjiwarongo to Outjo Railway. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Further to the Northwest the line crosses the Ugab River. [Google Maps, June 2025]
And then the C39 road, after which the line turns to the West and runs into Outjo. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking North from the C39 entering Outjo. A series of rail sidings sit to the North of the running line. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The last photograph looks North from the C39 at the left side of this satellite image. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Outjo Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Outjo Railway Station in 1961, © SAR Publicity & Travel Department. [45]
Outjo Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The turning triangle at the end of the line performed the

Otavi-Oshikango

In 2005, a new 89 km section of Northern Railway from Tsumeb to Oshivelo was opened by President Sam Nujoma, as part of the “Northern Extension” of the railway link from Kranzberg to Otavi. Construction on the project’s second phase, a 59 km stretch from Ondangwa to Oshikango on the Angolan border at a cost of about N$329m, was scheduled to be completed by December 2007. Ondangwa Station opened in 2006 for freight.

In phase 3, a 58 km branch from Ondangwa to Oshakati was constructed at an estimated cost of N$220m, for completion in December 2008. For the future a connection from Oshikango to a point near Cassinga is planned on Angola’s southern railway system. [11][13][14]

The Ondangwa-Oshikango line was officially opened by President Hifikepunye Pohamba in July 2012. In order to keep the system operational and safe, provincial governor Usko Nghaamwa implored local residents to stop stealing railroad ties and sections of the wire fence. [11][15]

  • Otavi (junction for Grootfontein)
  • Tsumeb
  • Ondangwa (junction)
  • Oniipa (road bridge)
  • Onjdiva [11][14]
  • Namacunde [11][16]
  • Oshakati
  • Oshikango (Angolan border)
The C39 crossed the railway immediately to the North of Otavi Railway Station. as we have already noted, this view from the ungated crossing shows the branch to Grootfontein heading away to the right and the line North-northeast to Tsumeb heading for the distant hills. [Google Streetview, 2024]

The journey towards Tsumeb runs uneventfully over flat ground surrounded by shrub and small trees, heading North-northeast, until it reaches Ohorongo Cement Works.

An aerial view of the works can be found here. [48] That view looks North across the Works and shows the railway and a dedicated branch to the Works in the background.

Ohorongo Cement Works. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The passing loop and access to the cement works’ private sidings. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The dedicated siding can be seen leaving the main line at the Southwest end of the passing loop. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The siding curves round along the Northeast side of the Works. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The siding ends towards the Northeast corner of thecsite

The railway continues Northeast over largely unremarkable flat terrain, before turning East, encountering one arm of the B1 and then a triangular junction.

Looking back West from the B1 towards Otavi. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
The view East from the B1 towards Tsumeb. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
An early photograph of a 2ft-gauge train close to Tsumeb, © Not supplied, but made available under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [49]
The triangular junction to the West of Tsumeb. The northern arm heads for Oshivelo, Omuthiya, Ondangwa, Oniipa, Onjdiva, Namacunde, Oshakati and Oshikango. The eastern arm to Tsumeb and beyond. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Tsumeb Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Tsumeb freight depot, with the line serving Tsumeb’s large mine passing under the B1. [Google Maps, June 2024]
The turning triangle at Tsumeb sits immediately alongside the B1 to the South of the fright depot. [Google Maps, June 2025]
A diagrammatic representation of the rail network around Tsumeb, © Tabletop and licenced for reuse under a GNU Free Documentation Licence. [52]
Tsumeb Railway Station in 1908 in 2ft-gauge days! © Public Domain. [55]

Encyclopedia Britannica tells us that “In 1851 Sir Francis Galton, a British explorer, made note of copper ore deposits in the vicinity of what later became the town of Tsumeb. An Anglo-German company acquired mining rights for the Tsumeb area in 1903. Southwest of Tsumeb is the site of the final German troop surrender to South African forces in World War I. The town remained a small copper-mining centre until the Tsumeb mine was purchased in 1947 by a largely U.S.-based corporation. It has since been developed as a planned company town (although ownership of the mine has changed hands several times), exploiting mineral deposits that include significant amounts of lead and copper as well as zinc, cadmium, silver, and germanium (a metalloid element used as a semiconductor). An integrated copper and lead smelter treats concentrates from Tsumeb and other mines. Owambo labourers are the chief contract workers.” [50]

The mine, owned by Dundee Precious Metals sits to the East of the B1.

Tsumeb’s Mine is owned (in 2025) by Dundee Precious Metals, [51], a Canadian-based international gold mining company with operations and projects located in Bulgaria, Ecuador, Namibiaand Serbia. . [Google Maps, June 2025]
Rails and building under construction at Tsumeb Mine, © Not supplied, but made available under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [53]
The old smelter at Tsumeb in 1910, © Public Domain and shared by jbdodane on Flickr on 9th April 2014. [54]

The line to the North of Tsumeb left the triangular junction to the West of the town heading first to the West and then to the Northwest and then directly North alongside the D3007, before turning West-northwest again.

Looking Southeast from the B1 towards Tsumeb. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking Northwest from the B1 along the line towards Omuthiya. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The ungated crossing at the D3007. [Google Maps, June 2025]

After a few kilometres on a West-northwest heading, the line then turns to the North-northwest and runs parallel to the B1 for some considerable distance.

The B1 and the railway converge and head North-northwest. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line seen from the B1. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The ungated crossing on the D3004. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The view North-northwest along the line from the ungated crossing on the D3001. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The line diverges from the B1 just to the South of the River Owambo. Both the railway and the road cross the river in this satellite image. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Triangle on the South side of the D3610 at Oshivelo. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Oshivelo Railway Station on the North side of the D3610. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking South East from an ungated crossing just to the Southeast of Omuthiya Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking Northwest from the same ungated crossing into the site of Omuthiya Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Omuthiya Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line to the Northwest of the station, seen from the South. [Google Streetview, 2024]
A short distance further up the line looking back towards Omuthiya. [Google Streetview, 2024]
A little further Northwest again, this time looking North towards Ondangwa. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking back towards Omuthiya from the ungated crossing on the D3603. [Google Streetview, 2024]
At the same ungated crossing, this photograph is taken looking forward towards Ondangwa. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Two culverts then take the line over the dry channel of the River Gwashigam. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking back Southeast from the bridge carrying the D3622 over the line on the approach to 0ndangwa. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Northwest from the same bridge towards Ondangwa. [Google Streetview, June 2025]
Looking South-southeast from an ungated minor dirt road crossing closer to Ondangwa Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking West-northwest towards Ondangwa. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Ondangwa Railway Station and turning triangle. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking South East from the B1 overbridge into the site of Ondangwa Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The view West from the same bridge across the turning triangle, the arm on the right leads to the line heading North towards the Angolan border. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Fuel depots sit alongside the line as it heads North. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking North from the bridge carrying the C45 over the railway which is now closing in on the railhead on the Angolan border. [Google Streetview, 2024]

The next three images are a sequence of North-facing photogra

The last photograph on the northern line is a satellite image showing the railhead

The railhead in Oshikango at the Namibia/Angola border. [Google Maps, June 2025]

References

  1. Charles E. Lee; The Longest Narrow-Gauge Railway; in The Railway Magazine, February 1952, Tothill Press, Westminster, London, p121-123.
  2. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_South_West_Africa, accessed on 7th June 2025.
  3. https://www.britannica.com/place/German-South-West-Africa, accessed on 7th June 2025.
  4. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/South_West_African_Jung, accessed on 7th June 2025.
  5. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_rail_transport_in_Namibia, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  6. Helmut Schroeter; Die Eisenbahnen der ehemaligen deutschen Schutzgebiete Afrikas und ihre Fahrzeuge = Die Fahrzeuge der deutschen Eisenbahnen 7 [The Railways of the former German Protectorates in Africa and their Rolling Stock = the Rolling Stock of the German Railways 7]. (in German); Verkehrswissenschaftliche Lehrmittelgesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main, 1961.
  7. Helmut Schroeter and Roel Ramaer; Die Eisenbahnen in den einst deutschen Schutzgebieten: Ostafrika, Südwestafrika, Kamerun, Togo und die Schantung-Eisenbahn: damals und heute [German colonial railways: East Africa, Southwest Africa, Cameroon, Togo and the Shantung Railway: then and now] (in German and in English); Röhr-Verlag, Krefeld, 1993.
  8. Brenda Bravenboer and Walter Rusch; The First 100 Years of State Railways in Namibia; TransNamib Museum, Windhoek, 1997.
  9. According to Schroeter; Bravenboer does not mention this line.
  10. Klaus Dierks; The South African Period 1915–1989: The Development of the Namibia Railway Network!; via http://www.klausdierks.com/Namibia_Rail/2.htm, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  11. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rail_transport_in_Namibia, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  12. Not used.
  13. Ministry of Trade & Industry; Northern Railway Extension; via http://www.mti.gov.na/subpage.php?linkNo=72, this link is broken.
  14. Angola- Namibia Link; railwaysafrica.com; via https://web.archive.org/web/20141023100300/http://www.railwaysafrica.com/blog/2014/10/21/angola-namibia-link-3, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  15. Namibia: Community Vandalizes New Railway Line (9th July 2012); New Era; via http://allafrica.com/stories/201207090857.html, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  16. RailwaysAfrica No. 5, 2014, p11, via https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Railways_Africa, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  17. https://steam-locomotives-south-africa.blogspot.com/2008/07/walvis-bay-hope-steam-locomotive.html?m=1, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  18. The Industrial Railway Record Issue No. 37, June 1971, p78-85.
  19. https://www.expertafrica.com/namibia/windhoek/desert-express, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  20. https://www.rossing.com, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  21. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Usakos_railway_station, accessed on 9th June 2025.
  22. https://steam-locomotives-south-africa.blogspot.com/2007/11/plinthed-class-hd-at-usakos-in-namibia.html?m=1, accessed on 9th June 2025.
  23. Leith Paxton & David Bourne; Locomotives of the South African Railways (1st ed.); Struik, Cape Town, 1985, p117 & 121.
  24. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Windhoek_railway_station, accessed on 9th June 2025.
  25. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1De1p8q5Mj/l, accessed on 9th June 2025.
  26. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:LocomZwillinge_Windhoek1.JPG, accessed on 9th June 2025.
  27. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okahandja_railway_station, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  28. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Train_station_Windhoek_(2018).jpg, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  29. https://www.gettyimages.co.uk/detail/news-photo/trainload-of-armoured-cars-south-west-africa-world-war-i-news-photo/463970465, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  30. https://m.wikidata.org/wiki/Q7089896#/media/File%3AEisenbahnstation_Omaruru_1906.jpg, a cessed on 10th June 2025.
  31. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Karibib_aerial_view.jpg, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  32. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Kranzberg_Station.jpg, accessed on 20th June 2025.
  33. https://www.facebook.com/groups/namib2footers/permalink/6730769210360985, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  34. https://www.facebook.com/groups/namib2footers/permalink/6730826530355253, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  35. https://www.namibian.com.na/historic-train-preserved-for-posterity, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  36. https://steam-locomotives-south-africa.blogspot.com/2007/?m=1, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  37. https://www.news24.com/life/travel/go/then-now-swakopmund-railway-station-20240927, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  38. https://www.linkedin.com/posts/johan-stewart-laubscher-53342658_namibia-railinfrastructure-makinghistory-activity-6815601290438037504-swBC?utm_source=share&utm_medium=member_android&rcm=ACoAAFKPlCQBKyM6SVcRIYzuUN4W9XocTSJS0sY, accessed
  39. https://steam-locomotives-south-africa.blogspot.com/2007/11/narrow-gauge-locomotive-plinthed-at.html?m=1, accessed on 11th June 2025.
  40. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Windhoek_railway_station, accessed on 11th June 2025.
  41. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Otavi_Mining_and_Railway_Company, accessed on 12th June 2025.
  42. Frederic J. Shaw; Little Railways of the World; Howell-North, Berkeley, California, 1958.
  43. Dick Andrews; Extra Narrow Gauge Junction: Otavi Ry., State Northern Ry. in South Africa [sic]; in Narrow Gauge and Short Line Gazette, Volume 16 No. 1, 1991, p63–66.
  44. https://www.namport.com.na/news/428/grootfontein-train-station-new-logistics-hub-for-drc-zambia, accessed on 12th June 2025.
  45. http://atom.drisa.co.za/collections/N_Collection_lo-res/N70462.jpg, accessed on 12th June 2025.
  46. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1CBLYcCydW, accessed on 12th June 2025.
  47. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/15abDSmZ7m, accessed on 12th June 2025.
  48. https://maps.app.goo.gl/Ta8Pcutiq8dYKQ1c8?g_st=ac, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  49. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Tsumeb_Railway.JPG, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  50. https://www.britannica.com/place/Tsumeb, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  51. https://dundeeprecious.com/about-us/overview, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  52. https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/e/e6/Diagram_Tsumeb_railway_station_2007.jpg, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  53. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Tsumeb_2.JPG, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  54. https://www.flickr.com/photos/jbdodane/13848969294, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  55. https://picryl.com/media/1908-bahnhof-tsumeb-b561a6, accessed on 13th June 2025.

The Mother of All Inventions. …

Why were railways created?

What were the circumstances which brought about their existence?

History does not make it easy to take out one example from a steady continuum of change. …

David Wilson writes: “There have been track or plateways since Roman times. You might say that these could be brought within the term railway and therefore the Romans invented the railway.” [1: p61]

Except there were railways of a sort, at least as far back at 600 BCE, possibly going back even further, maybe as far back as 1000 BCE. The clearest example being the Diolkos Trackway. [2] This was a paved trackway near Corinth in Ancient Greece which enabled boats to be moved overland across the Isthmus of Corinth.

David Wilson continues: “For most people, however, the railways began with the Stockton and Darlington (S&D), though I’m sure many people already appreciate that history is not always what it seems.” [1: p61]

David Wilson tells us that if one wished to take the view that the first ever railway was the first to have been authorised by Parliament, then the first railway was built in Leeds – The Middleton Railway. “The Middleton Railway was given Parliamentary Assent in 1758 and began using steam traction in 1812, two years before the advent of Mr Stephenson’s first locomotive, ‘Blucher’, and 13 years before the opening of the S&D.” [1: p61]

But there is more to consider. … The Lake Lock Rail Road opened in 1798 (arguably the world’s first public railway). It carried coal from the Outwood area to the Aire and Calder navigation canal at Lake Lock near Wakefield. [3][4] The Surrey Iron Railway was the first railway to be authorised by the UK Parliament (21st May 1801).  It was a horse-drawn railway which ran between Wandsworth and Croydon. [5][6][7][8][9] It was followed by The Carmarthenshire Railway or Tramroad (authorised by Act pf Parliament on 3rd June 1802). It was a horse-drawn goods line, located in Southwest Wales, the first public railway first authorised by Act of Parliament in Wales.[3][10][11][12]

The Low Moor Furnace Waggonway was constructed in 1802. It connected Barnby Furnace Colliery to Barnby Basin on the Barnsley Canal. It was replaced in 1809 by The Silkstone Waggonway which operated until 1870. [19][20] The Merthyr Tramroad, between Merthyr Tydfil and Abercynon, also opened in 1802. [5][13][14][15][16][17][18] The Lancaster Canal Tramroad (also known as the Walton Summit Tramway or the Old Tram Road), was completed in 1803. It linked the north and south ends of the Lancaster Canal across the Ribble valley. [21][22]

The first steam locomotive to pull a commercial load on rails was Penydarren (or Pen-y-Darren) was built by Richard Trevithick. It was used to haul iron from Merthyr Tydfil to Abercynon, Wales. The first train carried a load of 10 tons of iron. On one occasion it successfully hauled 25 tons. However, as the weight of the locomotive was about 5 tons the locomotive’s weight broke many of the cast iron plate rails. [5][13][14][15][16][17]

We could go on to mention:

  • The Croydon, Merstham & Godstone Goods Railway opened in 1805; [23]
  • The Sirhowy Tramroad opened in 1805; [24]
  • The Ruabon Brook Tramway (also known as Jessop’s Tramway or the Shropshire Union Tramway) also opened in 1805; [25][26][27][28]
  • The Middlebere Plateway (or Middlebere Tramway) opened on the Isle of Purbeck in 1806; [29][30][31][32]
  • The Monmouthshire Canal Tramway, open by 1806; [33][34]
  • The Oystermouth Railway, opened in 1806; [35][36] and
  • The Doctor’s Tramroad, Treforest which opened in 1809. [37][38][39]
  • The Monmouth Railway authorised by the UK Parliament in 1811. [5][72][73]
  • The Kilmarnock & Troon Railway which opened in 1812. [5][74][75][76][77]
  • The Killingworth Waggonway of which a first stretch opened in 1762 and which was extended in 1802, 1808 and 1820. [78][79][80][81][82][83]
  • The Haytor Granite Railway of 1820 which not only transported granite from Dartmoor as freight but ran on granite rails. [84]

The drawing of the locomotive Blücher (below) was done by Clement E. Stretton, © Public Domain. Blücher was built by George Stephenson for the Killingworth Waggonway. It was the first of a series of locomotives which established his reputation as an engine designer and eventually “Father of the Railways”.

We could list other railways opening before the S&D in 1825. The use of steam power at The Merthyr Tramroad and The Middleton Railway preceded its use on the S&D. A very strong claim to be the most significant development in the early 1800s could be made on behalf of The Middleton Railway. But it is the Stockton & Darlington (S&D) Railway which has caught the imagination and it is the 200th anniversary of the S&D which is being celebrated in 2025 as the beginning of the railway age.

Why is this?

It is clear that the claim to fame of the Stockton and Darlington (S&D) is lessened, at least, by the prior claim of the Middleton Railway both as first to be sanctioned by Parliament and first to make commercial use of steam power. The claims associated with other railways which preceded the S&D also must be significant. However, there is one important and fundamental difference between it and them. David Wilson says that, unlike the Middleton Railway, “the S&D was constructed with a view to carrying other companies’ goods and, to a lesser extent, to carry people.” [1: p61]

In addition, he says, “Bear in mind the distinction between the carriage of goods and people, and between carrying one’s own goods and those of others. In many ways this type of division is what distinguishes the modern concept of the railway as a system for the transport of goods and passengers on a hire and reward basis from the early plateways and railways such as the Middleton, which were not essentially built to carry anything other than goods, typically coal, for their owners.” [1: p61]

Perhaps, though, there are more grounds for the place taken in history by the S&D. Rather than just running between a pithead and a coal wharf on a canal, river or road and serving specific industrial concerns, the S&D also was built by public subscription and linked one town to another.

David Wilson continues: “To arrive at a description of what constitutes a railway we have to enlarge our definition to include not only Parliamentary Sanction, the use of rails or tracks, and the carriage of goods, but also the carriage of the public, the carriage of public goods and that one settlement be joined to another by the laying of a line paid for through the issue of shares. Thus … a railway is a set of tracks laid between two centres of habitation, which carries goods or people for commercial reward and has been authorised by Act of Parliament. It will have been built through the raising of public funds, either through the sale of shares in it or via government spending from the public purse.” [1: p61]

Let’s return to the era before the existence of the steam locomotive, the era of that list of lines highlighted above (and many more).

David Wilson comments: “The growth of the coal mining industry in the later part of the 17th and early 18th century had led to a growth in the plateway systems used to move the coal from the pit head to [a road], canal or river for shipment to the growing cities and the newly built mills. By as early as 1645 there were wagonways taking coal from the Durham coalfields down to the Tyne. By 1800 there were more than 100 miles of these plateways in the Tyneside area alone.” [1: p61]

Similar developments were taking place elsewhere in the UK:

  • The first overground railway line in England may have been a wooden-railed, horse-drawn tramroad which was built at Prescot, near Liverpool, around 1600 and possibly as early as 1594. Owned by Philip Layton, the line carried coal from a pit near Prescot Hall to a terminus about half a mile away. [40]
  • The Wollaton Waggonway in Nottinghamshire was in use by 1604. [5]
  • In East Shropshire and around the Severn Gorge; [41][42] A railway was made at Broseley in Shropshire some time before 1605 to carry coal for James Clifford from his mines down to the River Severn to be loaded onto barges and carried to riverside towns. It is possible that Clifford’s ‘railway’ was in use as early as 1570 and a similar line may well have been constructed by William Brooke near Madeley, again down to the River Severn. [43: p21] By 1775, there were a number of both short and long tramroads in the area around the Severn Gorge.
  • The Tranent to Cockenzie Waggonway was built by the York Buildings Company of London, to transport coal from the Tranent pits to the salt pans at Cockenzie and the Harbour at Port Seton, in Haddingtonshire, now East Lothian. [5][44]
  • The Alloa Wagon Way was constructed in 1768 by the Erskines of Mar in Alloa, to carry coal from the Clackmannanshire coalfields of central Scotland to the Port of Alloa. [45]
  • The Halbeath Railway opened in 1783, from the colliery at Halbeath to the harbour at Inverkeithing. [46][47]
  • The Charnwood Forest Canal, sometimes known as the ‘Forest Line of the Leicester Navigation’ was, under the guidance of William Jessop, using railways to supplement the canal between Nanpantan and Loughborough wharf, Leicestershire by 1789. [5][48]
  • The Butterley Gangroad (or Crich Rail-way) was built by Benjamin Outram in 1793. [49][50][51][52][53][54][55][56][57]
  • The Earl of Carlisle’s Waggonway opened in 1799 from coal pits owned by George Howard, 6th Earl of Carlisle around Lambley to Brampton, Cumbria. [51][58] There is some confusion over dates. The earliest opening date quoted is 1774, the latest 1799. [59] Dendy Marshall says that it was built in 1775. [60] C.E. Lee says it was constructed in 1798. [59][61]

It is perhaps easy to loose sight of the scale of these industrial undertakings. The rapid expansion of mining, plateways and railways “led to an increase in the numbers of horses in use … and a growth in the amount of horse feed needed. By 1727 The Tanfield Waggonway, in Co. Durham, carried 830 wagon loads of coal daily that’s a lot of horses.” [1: p61][5][62][63] “In 1804, the Middleton Colliery line was carrying 194 loads per day. Each wagon held about 2.5 tons and required the use of one horse and driver.” [1: p61]

A crisis in the use of horses and wagons occurred early in the 19th century with the advent of the Napoleonic Wars. The conflict became a significant drain on both horse and horse feed availability. The resulting inflation in the price of horses and feed lowered the profitability of each wagon load of coal. David Wilson says that, “The more visionary (or greedy, depending on your point of view) pit owners started to search for alternatives to the horse to move their goods to market. They provided their pit engineers with money and materials to experiment with steam power to replace horse power.” [1: p61]

Of course, steam power wasn’t new. Knowledge of the power of steam had been around since before the Common Era in Greek society [64][65][66] and the pits themselves had steam engines for pumping out the water and for lifting coal to the surface, or as winding engines on rope-worked inclines. [66][67] Newcomen’s first engine was installed for pumping in a mine in 1712 at Dudley Castle in Staffordshire. [66][68] What was new was first, the expiry of Boulton & Watt’s patent for a high-pressure steam engine, [5][69] and second, the idea of making the steam engine mobile, thus creating the steam locomotive. What eventually became even more revolutionary was the idea of creating a network of railways to serve the whole country. [1: p61]

We sometimes talk of a ‘perfect storm’ (a particularly violent storm arising from a rare combination of adverse meteorological factors), when we are talking about a series of adverse conditions occurring at the same time – a situation caused by a combination of unfavourable circumstances. The opposite of a ‘perfect storm’ is usually assumed to be a period of calm. However, the true opposite of a perfect storm is the occurrence (co-occurence) of a series of positive factors which combine to produce something significantly valuable. Wilson says that “as with almost anything man-made, there must be certain ingredients present. To bake a cake you need eggs, flour, milk etc. and in creating a railway you need, metalworking skills, engineering expertise, labour, capital and an incentive.” [1: 61]

The early years of the 19th century saw a timely co-incidence of these and other factors:

  • growing shortages of horse and feed coupled to the rising prices of both;
  • poor road conditions;
  • a rapidly developing understanding of engineering – Wilson suggests that this was “as a consequence of the more theoretical works of philosophers such as Newton, Descartes and Leibniz. … Such men have a reputation as creators or exponents of the mechanistic world view. Prior to the works of these men many had thought, and indeed some still do think, that the earth was a living entity. However, the views espoused by Newton, Descartes and Leibniz came to be accepted, the world was made up of dead, lifeless and inert matter, here to benefit mankind;” [1: p62]
  • the availability of skilled and unskilled labour – particularly the ‘navigators’ who were skilled in the techniques of earthworks, tunneling and bridge building – the men who had earlier built the canals. (“These men were to become the skilled labour of the railway construction industry and in turn they passed on their skills to the former farm labourers who were recruited to railway works as the lines progressed along their routes“); [1: p62]
  • developing metalworking skills – “the Darby family, who set up the … Coalbrookdale foundry. had acquired new skills in metalworking from tinkers, in what is now the Netherlands;” [1: p62] After constructing Ironbridge, “the Coalbrookdale ironmasters began to widen their horizons. One of their number, John “Iron Mad” Wilkinson, constructed what was reputedly the first iron barge and, more importantly, … the smiths of Coalbrookdale collaborated with Richard Trevithick in the construction of his locomotive – they cast the cylinder block and the plates for the construction of the boiler;” [1: p62]
  • the increasing availability of financial capital;
  • the increasing birth rate and the better health of the work-force which provided the necessary labour while engineering work was still labour-intensive.

The Availability of Capital

Among the physical factors listed above is an interesting financial factor which will bear some scrutiny. Wilson tells us that “the capital to build the world’s first public railway came, not from the Government, but from the Society of Friends, the Quakers.” [1: p62] He notes too that the Darby family whose Coalbrookdale plant had such a formative influence in the early days of the industrial revolution, were also Quakers. Wilson explains that Quakers were isolated from much of society and public life because of a refusal to sign up to the articles of faith of the established church. However, the same religious views made them sympathetic to works performed for the public good. Various Quaker families began to take an interest in the developing railway sphere. The website quakersintheword.org [70] tells the story of the significant role played in financing railways played by the Quakers.

In 1818 a small group of Quaker businessmen, including Edward Pease and his son Joseph from Darlington, Benjamin Flounders and the banker Jonathan Backhouse, met to discuss the possibility of building a railway from Darlington, passing several collieries, to the port of Stockton.” [70] 

The Act of Parliament required for the work to take place faced significant delays in the parliamentary process. “The delay proved very significant, as in April 1821 Edward met George Stephenson and recruited him as an engineer for the railway. The original intention had been that the coaches would be horse drawn, just like all the others now in existence. However, George convinced Edward that steam engines were the future for railways, and that he could build them. The Pease family then put up much of the capital that enabled Stephenson to establish a company in Newcastle, where he built the locomotives.” [70]

After the opening of the Stockton & Darlington Railway, “the railway network grew under the guidance of Edward’s son Joseph, who opened the Stockton & Middlesbrough branch in 1828. … In 1833 Joseph became the first Quaker to enter Parliament and the railway interests passed to his brother Henry. In 1838, Henry opened the Bishop Auckland & Weardale line, followed by the Middlesbrough and Redcar line in 1846. Henry wanted to traverse the Pennines and in 1854 he started the Darlington & Barnard Castle line, which opened in 1856.” [70]

Quakers were often involved in railway developments in the 19th century, for instance, “in 1824, a group of merchants, including Quaker philanthropist and anti-slavery campaigner James Cropper, went to see the Stockton and Darlington railway.  They soon began building the Liverpool and Manchester railway, which opened in 1830.” [70]

Incidentally, Quakers “were also responsible for two innovations that improved the way these new passenger railways worked – timetables and tickets. James Cropper produced a 12-page timetable for the Liverpool and Manchester railway, probably the first railway timetable ever.  It was the forerunner of Quaker George Bradshaw’s Railway Companion, published in 1839. Bradshaw’s became a household name for anyone using the railways. … The second innovation was the railway ticket. In 1839 Thomas Edmundson, another Quaker, was appointed station master at Milton, on the Newcastle and Carlisle line.  He was unhappy that customers paid their fares directly to him without receiving a receipt.  Consequently he introduced the railway ticket, which came into general use with the creation of the Railway Clearing House in 1842.” [70]

The Birth Rate and Increasing Health of the UK Population

Wilson points us to one more significant factor in the development of railways in the early 19th century. “Seemingly disconnected and irrelevant factors were playing their part. During the period from the end of the civil war (1649) onwards there was a growing awareness of the value of the human being as resource, and a concerted effort was made to increase the birth rate and to cut the death rate. … This did not stem from any rise in humanitarianism but from a recognition that people were worth money. After all, in the 1640s and on into the 19th century, slavery was still common throughout the so-called civilised world, including Britain. Improvements in diet and sanitation increased life exресtancy. It is no coincidence that the first workhouses began to appear around the middle of the 17th century – a reasonably fit and healthy population produced more than a sickly and unfit one.” [1: p62]

By the beginning of the 19th century, the conditions were in place for a major economic expansion. A growing empire and military strength ensured the supply of raw materials and provided a growing market place for the products made from them. An expanding population provided the physical means by which the empire might be held together. Technology provided the ability to carry out the grand design. The workhouses and other reforms had created a disciplined workforce.” [1: p62-63]

By 1850, a quarter of a million workers – a force bigger than the Army and Navy combined – had laid down 3,000 miles of railway line across Britain, connecting people like never before. [71]

And Finally …

Wilson suggests one other, less definable, reason for the dramatic welcome given to steam technology in particular. He suggests that there was a more visceral connection to steam power which predisposed humanity to embrace the technology.

No doubt, the S&D was at the forefront of engineering developments it was “the white heat of technology, the frontier of science.” [1: p63] Wilson asks us to consider that there was (and still is) a connection between “a piece of primitive industrial technology, the steam locomotive and its enduring popularity, and an ancient, and some might say mystical, view of the world.” [1: p63]

Wilson says: “Prior to the advent of the mechanistic world view in which cause and effect, hard science and hard facts are the order of the day, people held to a more animistic philosophy. Miners would pray to the earth before digging it up. … In this more mystic view of the world things were not made of chemicals and atoms, molecules and the force of gravity. They were composed of the four elements – earth, air, fire and water.” [1: p63] He asks us to consider whether “the reason so many people took to the steam engine and the railway when it began was that the steam locomotive has a unique blend of the four elements not only in its construction but in the very forces and requirements necessary for its movement. … [It] is made from the ores of the earth, heated by fire which needs air to burn. The metals from the forge are then tempered by water whilst being shaped on the anvil. In order to make the steam locomotive work, coal, or part of the earth, is consumed along with air in a fire which turns water into steam which in turn brings the locomotive to life.” [1: p63]

We all know that all men, are just little boys at heart. Increasingly women are involved in the preservation movement. There seems to be a deep emotional connection for many of us between the steam beasts of earth, wind, fire and water that reigned over the railway networks for the world for more than a century and a half and our own psyche, something deeply ‘elemental’!

Whatever the cause, the early 19th century saw humanity embrace steam-power and the benefits it brought with open arms and wallets.

References

  1. David Wilson; Mother of Inventions; in the Evening Mail Supplement, 1st June 1993, p61-63.
  2. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diolkos, accessed on 2nd March 2025.
  3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1790s_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  4. https://web.archive.org/web/20100604080339/http://www.stanleyhistoryonline.com/Lake-Lock-Rail-Road.html, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Timeline_of_railway_history, accessed on 7th January 2025.
  6. https://web.archive.org/web/20070523122428/http://www.stephensonloco.fsbusiness.co.uk/surreyiron.htm, accessed on 9th January 2025.
  7.  Dorian Gerhold; The Rise and Fall of the Surrey Iron Railway, 1802–46 (PDF); in Surrey Archaeological Collections, Vol. 95, 2010, p193–210; via https://archaeologydataservice.ac.uk/archiveDS/archiveDownload?t=arch-379-1/dissemination/pdf/vol_95/surreyac095_193-210_gerhold.pdf, accessed on 6th February 2025.
  8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1801_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  9. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Surrey_Iron_Railway, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  10. https://coflein.gov.uk/en/site/275707, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  11.  https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1802_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  12.  M.R. Connop Price; The Llanelly & Mynydd Mawr Railway; Oakwood Press, Oxford, 1992.
  13. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/02/02/the-penydarren-tramroad-south-wales-part-1
  14. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/02/06/the-penydarren-tramroad-south-wales-part-2
  15. https://coflein.gov.uk/en/site/91513, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  16. https://www.irsociety.co.uk/Archives/59/Penydarren.htm, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  17. https://coflein.gov.uk/en/site/91513, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  18. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Merthyr_Tramroad, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  19. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Low_Moor_Ironworks, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  20. Silkstone Waggonway, South Yorkshire: Survey Report (PDF). Vol. 1; Yorkshire Archaeological Trust,  August 2012; via https://web.archive.org/web/20160311113301/http://iadb.co.uk/epip/Silkstone%20Waggonway%20Vol%201%20text%20plates%20figures.pdf, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  21. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lancaster_Canal_Tramroad, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  22. S. Barritt; The Old Tramroad – Walton Summit to Preston Basin; Carnegie Publishing, Lancaster, 2000.
  23. Paul W. Sowan; The Croyden, Mertsham & Godstone Iron Railway: A Short Chapter in a Long Story; The Bourne Society (LHR45), Croydon, London, 2006, LHR45, p53-69; via https://bournesoc.org.uk/bslivewp/wp-content/uploads/CMG-Iron-Railway-SECURE.pdf, accessed on 9th January 2025.
  24. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirhowy_Railway#Sirhowy_Tramroad, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  25. Alan Jowett; Jowett’s Railway Atlas; Patrick Stephens Limited, 1989, p57, 59.
  26. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ruabon_Brook_Tramway, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  27. Trefynant – Opening of Branch Railway at Trefynant Works; in Wrexham Advertiser, 6th January 1866, p8.
  28. Meeting of the Wrexham District Highways’ Board; in Wrexham Advertiser. 26th January 1867, p5.
  29. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Middlebere_Plateway, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  30. R.W. Kidner; The Railways of Purbeck (Third ed.); Oakwood Press, 2000.
  31. Purbeck’s clay railways; in Dorset Life Magazine, January 2007; via https://web.archive.org/web/20070927150728/http://www.dorsetlife.co.uk/articles/ArticlesDetail.asp?ID=599, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  32. Middlebere Plateway; The Purbeck Mineral & Mining Museum; via https://web.archive.org/web/20070928063415/http://www.pmmmg.org/Middlebere.htm, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  33. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monmouthshire_and_Brecon_Canal#Monmouthshire_Canal_Tramway, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  34. https://coflein.gov.uk/en/site/308291, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  35. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1807_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  36. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swansea_and_Mumbles_Railway, accessed on 9th January 2025.
  37. https://cof, lein.gov.uk/en/site/407018/?ref=goodoil.news, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  38. https://coflein.gov.uk/en/site/96185, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  39. https://britishlistedbuildings.co.uk/300024912-machine-bridge-also-known-as-pont-y-doctor-pontypridd/photos/147433, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  40. Mark Jones; Lancashire Railways – The History of Steam; Countryside Books, Newbury, 2012 p. 5.
  41. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2022/04/25/ancient-tramroads-near-telford-part-1-tramroads
  42. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2022/04/26/ancient-tramroads-near-telford-part-2-the-coalbrookdale-company-tramroads-shown-on-the-1882-83-6-os-maps-published-in-1887-and-later-surveys
  43. Peter King, The First Shropshire Railways in G. Boyes (ed.), in Early Railways 4: Papers from the 4th International Early Railways Conference 2008, Six Martlets, Sudbury, 2010, p70–84.
  44. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tranent_to_Cockenzie_Waggonway, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  45. An oblique aerial photograph taken facing north shows a general view in 1928 of Alloa, its Town Hall, Marshill and Church Street. The wagon road which was used to transport coal from the Holton area of Sauchie to Alloa harbour. Although the tracks are gone the road still exists from Station Hotel down to South School. https://www.britainfromabove.org.uk/image/SPW020247, accessed on 7th January 2025.
  46. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1780s_in_rail_transport, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  47. Mark Poustie; Halbeath Railway; via https://www.railscot.co.uk/articles/Halbeath_Railway/#google_vignette, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  48. https://waterways.org.uk/waterways/discover-the-waterways/charnwood-forest-canal, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  49. Early Years; https://web.archive.org/web/20180120205818/http://www.butterleygangroad.co.uk/bgearlyyears.html, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  50. https://heritagecalling.com/2015/03/17/heritage-highlights-where-is-one-of-the-worlds-oldest-surviving-railway-tunnels, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  51. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1790s_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  52. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Butterley_Gangroad, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  53.  https://historicengland.org.uk/listing/the-list/list-entry/1422984?section=official-list-entry, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  54.  https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-england-derbyshire-31951751, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  55.  P. Riden; Outram, Benjamin (bap. 1764, d. 1805); in the Oxford Dictionary of National Biography; Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2004; via, https://www.oxforddnb.com/display/10.1093/ref:odnb/9780198614128.001.0001/odnb-9780198614128-e-20959, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  56. https://historicengland.org.uk/listing/the-list/list-entry/1109195?section=official-list-entry, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  57. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steam_Horse_locomotive, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  58. Brian Webb & David A. Gordon; Lord Carlisle’s Railways; Railway Correspondence & Travel Society, 1978.
  59. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brampton_Railway, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  60. C.F. Dendy Marshall; A History of British Railways Down to the Year 1830; Oxford University Press, London. 1938, 1971.
  61. C.E. Lee; The Brampton Railway; in The Railway Magazine, May and June 1942.
  62. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tanfield_Railway, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  63. Tanfield Railway; Wear – BBC Home; via https://www.bbc.co.uk/wear/content/articles/2008/05/20/tanfield_main_feature.shtml, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  64. Hero (Heron) of Alexandria, described in detail what is thought to be the first working steam engine. He called it an aeolipile (“wind ball”). His design was a sealed caldron of water was placed over a heat source. As the water boiled, steam rose into the pipes and into the hollow sphere. The steam escaped from two bent outlet tubes on the ball, resulting in rotation of the ball. The principle he used in his design is similar to that of today’s jet propulsion. Hero (Heron) did not consider this invention being useful for everyday applications: he considered his aeolipile invention as a novelty, a remarkable toy. https://www.smith.edu/hsc/museum/ancient_inventions/steamengine2.html, accessed on 3rd March 2025. The same device was also mentioned by Vitruvius in De Architectura about 100 years earlier. [66]
  65. https://blogs.bl.uk/digitisedmanuscripts/2020/12/ancient-steam-engines.html, accessed on 3rd March 2025.
  66. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_the_steam_engine, accessed on 3rd March 2025.
  67. In 1712, Thomas Newcomen’s atmospheric engine became the first commercially successful engine using the principle of the piston and cylinder, which was the fundamental type of steam engine used until the early 20th century. The steam engine was used to pump water out of coal mines. [66]
  68. Steven Johnson; The Invention of Air: A story of Science, Faith, Revolution and the Birth of America; Riverhood Books, New York, 2008.
  69. https://mises.org/mises-daily/james-watt-monopolist, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  70. https://www.quakersintheworld.org/quakers-in-action/286/Railways-in-Britain, accessed on 3rd March 2025.
  71. https://www.railwaymuseum.org.uk/objects-and-stories/navvies-workers-who-built-railways, accessed on 3rd March 2025.
  72. https://co-curate.ncl.ac.uk/wylam-wagonway, accessed on 15th January 2025.
  73. https://www.twsitelines.info/smr/1032, accessed on 15th January 2025.
  74. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kilmarnock_and_Troon_Railway, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  75. Campbell Highet; The Glasgow and South Western Railway; Oakwood Press, Lingfield, 1965.
  76. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1812_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  77. C.J.A. Robertson; The Origins of the Scottish Railway System 1722–1844; John Donald Publishers, Edinburgh, 1983.
  78. https://my.northtyneside.gov.uk/sites/default/files/web-page-related-files/Killingworth%20Moor%20Archaeological%20Assessment.pdf, accessed on 3rd March 2025.
  79. https://co-curate.ncl.ac.uk/blucher, accessed on 15th January 2025.
  80. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Killingworth_locomotives
  81. Clement E. Stretton; The Railway World, Volume VI; 1897.
  82. https://co-curate.ncl.ac.uk/killingworth-waggonway, accessed on 15th January 2025.
  83. https://www.northeastheritagelibrary.co.uk/coalsarchive/ww07/killingworth-waggonway, accessed on 15th January 2025.
  84. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Haytor_Granite_Tramway, accessed on 27th April 2025

Henry Robinson Palmer and Early British Monorails

Henry Robinson Palmer (1793-1844) was a British engineer who designed the first monorail system and also invented corrugated iron!

Born in 1793 in Hackney, he was the son of the Revd Samuel Palmer, a nonconformist minister, and his wife, Elizabeth, née Walker. [1] He was baptised in Tooting [2] and was educated at the academy run by his father and between 1811 and 1816 was an apprentice at 1811-16 Apprenticed to Bryan Donkin and Co.

When he finished his apprenticeship, Palmer was taken on by Thomas Telford, working for him for 10 years and involved with a variety of road/canal surveys and associated designs. In 1818, Palmer was one of three young engineers key to the founding of the Institution of Civil Engineers and on 23rd May 1820, he formally became a member of the Institution. [3]

Elijah Golloway recorded Palmer’s ideas for a Suspension Railway in the image above which is dated 1822. It seems as though Galloway’s book, History of the Steam Engine, From Its First Invention to the Present Time: Illustrated by Numerous Engravings From Original Drawings, Made Expressly for This Work, was not published until 1828 by B. Steill. [4][5]

On 22nd November 1821, Palmer patented his proposed monorail system. [6][19: p57]

In 1823, Palmer wrote his short book, Description of a Railway on a new Principle, (J. Taylor, 1823) about his monorail ideas. [7]

The illustrations immediately below come from a copy of that book which is held by the Science Museum. [7]

Palmer was unaware of the experimental work being undertaken in Russia at around the same time. The work of Ivan Kirillovich Elmanov is covered here. [26]

These images are taken from H.R. Palmer; ‘Description of a Railway on a New Principle’
and are released by the Science Museum under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-NC-SA 4.0) [7]

In his book, Palmer refers to examples of railways already constructed. It is clear that he is talking of railways which operate on more traditional principles. He tabulates those to which he is referring in a table which is reproduced below: the Llanelly Tramroad; the Surrey Tramroad; the Penrhyn Slate Quarries, edge rail road; the Cheltenham Tram Road; a branch of the Cheltenham Tram Road; Edge Rail Roads near Newcastle-upon-Tyne. These he compares with his own proposed railway which was built in Deptford Dockyard in London in 1824. [6]

Table showing the resistance form the rails of various railways in use in the early 19th century. [8: p29]

History only seems to record two of Palmer’s monorails in the UK. The first was constructed at Deptford as we have already noted. The second was built at Cheshunt and opened about 3 months prior to the Stockton & Darlington Railway (in June 1825) and was described, that month, in The Times newspaper. [9] Although his ideas were attempted in at least one other place. The railway built in what is now Hungary in 1827 (15th August). It was a fleeting experiment about which more details can be found here. [10]

Palmer is recorded as having given evidence, in 1825, in favour of navigation interest and against the Liverpool and Manchester Railway. [4] He was appointed resident engineer to the London Docks in 1826, where, for 9 years, he designed and executed the Eastern Dock, with the associated warehousing, entrance locks, bridges, and other works. While undertaking this role, in 1828, he inventedthe “Corrugation and Galvanisation” of sheet iron. [11]

Regarding Palmer’s invention of corrugated iron, Dr. Pedro Guedes wrote that “Palmer exploited the unique properties of metal, creating a lightweight, rigid cladding material, capable of spanning considerable distances without any other supports, helping to make lightweight iron buildings and roofs possible. Palmer’s invention completely broke with precedent and tapped into another level of thinking. The sinusoidal corrugations that Palmer imagined as the means to impart strength to his sheets of wrought iron have continued virtually unchanged for close on two centuries.” [11]

In 1831, he was elected as a Fellow of the Royal Society, publishing two papers on the movement of shingle in Philosophical Transactions, 1831 and 1834. In 1833, he took out patents for improvements in the construction of arches and roofs. [12] In 1835, he moved to Westminster and worked as a consulting engineer and was involved in numerous surveys for projected railways, and the design and construction of several docks and harbours, including those at Port Talbot, Ipswich, Penzance, and Neath. He carried out the original surveys for the South Eastern Railway, assisted by P. W. Barlow, and would have executed the scheme but ill health intervened. His original surveys for a Kentish railway dated from the time he was associated with Telford.

He died on 12th September 1844. [13]

C. von Oeynhaussen & H. von Dechen inspected both of Palmer’s monorails during their visit to the UK in 1826 and 1827 and comment on both. First they describe the principles involved: “To facilitate laying out a railway with reduced friction, and to make it independent of the small unevennesses of the ground, Mr Palmer has proposed and built a kind of railway which consists of a single bar, and the wagons have only one wheel on each axle. The track is erected on posts or columns at a suitable height above the ground, and the load hangs so far below the wheels that the wagon frame cannot overturn. [16] This railway has the disadvantage that its construction is not solid, or it becomes very expensive; that it can compensate only for very small unevenness of the ground; that the motive power can operate only with an inclined pull; and that special precautions must be taken for unloading and loading the wagons. Therefore, the scheme has not come into general use. Excepting the two now to be mentioned, no railways of this kind appear to have been built in England.” [14: p75-76]

Palmer’s Deptford Railway

C. von Oeynhaussen & H. von Dechen describe this railway: “This railway leads from the Thames across the yard of the Victualling Office up to the warehouse, and serves to transport provisions out of the warehouse to the ships, or the reverse. The railway consists of cast-iron columns which project from 3 to 5 ft out of the ground; these are provided with fork-shaped seats at the top and are spaced 10 ft apart. Planks 9 in. high and 3 in. thick rest in the forks on double wooden wedges, so that they can be set at the correct level very easily. On the upper edge of these planks, wrought-iron bars are spiked, which are 3½ in. wide, somewhat convex, and in. thick in the middle. The ends of these bars are not square, but cut in a broken line, and rest, not directly on the plank, but on a small iron plate let into the wood.” [14: p76]

The line is nearly horizontal, and has a fall of only about 20 minutes of angle to the river. … The wagons which run on this line have three wheels of 18 in. diameter, one behind the other; they have two flanges and the groove is shaped to fit the rail. These wheels are fixed to a wrought-iron frame which consists of three stirrups going over the wheels with connecting pieces below. The stirrups reach 2 or 3 ft below the railway, and are provided on both sides with an inclined platform, on which are placed the casks to be conveyed. For loading the wagons, there are two sloping frames at the same height as the wagon platforms, and between which the wagon has just room to pass. A wagon is loaded with 10 casks which weigh about 4½ cwt each, therefore totalling 45 cwt. The wagon can be taken at 5 cwt, so that the whole weight comes to 50 cwt, which can be moved up the line easily by four men.” [14: p76]

The Cheshunt Railway – The first passenger carrying monorail

Cheshunt had a railway three months before the Stockton and Darlington line was opened. It was a horse-drawn monorail, built by Henry Robinson Palmer, who had previously built one in Deptford Dockyard, the first in the UK. The Cheshunt Railway, his second venture, was opened on 26th June 1825, running from Mr Gibbs’ Brick Pit (to the west of Gews Corner), to a wharf on the River Lea, not far from the site of the current Cheshunt Station. Its original purpose was to haul bricks, but it was also utilised for carrying passengers. For such a short distance, it must have been principally a novelty; regardless of this, it was the first passenger monorail in the world. [15]

The design was an overhead track from which carriages were suspended, drawn by a single horse. The line crossed the main road by a section hinged like a gate, enabling it to be moved off the road. No sign of the monorail has survived, but its legacy gives Cheshunt a vital, if little-known, position in the history of railways. [15]

C. von Oeynhaussen & H. von Dechen describe the railway: “From the lime and brick kilns at Cheshunt, in Hertfordshire, about 20 miles north of London, which lie on a main road, a Palmer railway leads to the Lee Canal in the flat and level Lee valley. The railway has a fall of 5 to 10 minutes of angle towards the canal; it is mile Engl. (580 fathoms Pruss.) long and serves to transport lime and bricks. The line rests on wooden posts which project on average 34 ft out of the ground; towards the limekiln, however, the bottom of the line is in a cutting in the ground, so that the posts stand in a kind of dry trench, the base of which is 9 ft wide. The wooden posts stand 10 ft apart, are 4 in. thick, and 7 in. wide; the top is fork-shaped 3 in. wide and cut 16 in. deep. In the bottom of this fork lies a block 12 to 15 in. long, in different heights, which is supported by a pair of inserted angle-pieces 14 in. high and 2 in. thick. Two wedges 2 ft long rest on this block with their inclined faces lying against one another, so that a horizontal support is always afforded to the plank which lies thereon. The planks are 101 in. high and 3 in. thick; they are 30 ft long and always meet in the middle of a post. Iron bolts with screws go through the post to hold together its fork-shaped end. There are oblong holes in the planks through which these bolts pass, so that the underlying wedges can be adjusted when necessary. On top of the planks a wrought-iron convex rail is laid, 4 in. wide, 1 in. thick at the edges, and in. thick in the middle. [14: p76]

C. von Oeynhaussen & H. von Dechen continue: “The rails are 20 ft long with their ends cut obliquely, and they are fixed by no more than two or three spikes of in. diameter with their heads countersunk in the rails. The rails have some spare holes which are used when one or other of the spikes breaks. Some posts are made of three parts fixed together. The pieces are 6 in. wide; the middle piece is 3 in. thick, the side pieces are 21 in. thick, and they are bound together by three screw-bolts; the wedges lie upon screwed-in blocks which are 1 ft long at the top. Although these planks are very thick, they have become bent at some places because of the great distance between the posts and are propped up by pillars set under them subsequently.” [14: p77]

There is a siding on the railway in the vicinity of the canal. Here the line is made double for a length of about 30 ft, and between the double piece and the single track there is a strong door 10 ft wide which is hinged to the single rail and may be fastened to either of the two tracks. The railway lies on the upper edge of the door. Directly over the hinge is a small turning piece of rail by which the severe angle which the door makes with the main railway is reduced. This railway passes over an ordinary road by a similar door.” [14: p77]

The wagons on this railway have only two cast-iron wheels, 26 in. diameter, with two flanges; they are 51 in. wide including the flanges, which are in. thick and project 11 in. They have six spokes and a nave 6 in. long and 2 in. wide. The wheel turns with a hollow cast-iron axle 2 in. thick and 12 in. long, which lies in round brass bushes at both ends; these have an inside diameter of 11 in., an outside diameter of 2 in., and are 3 in. long inside. They are fitted to seats on the wrought-iron stirrups which form the main frame of the wagon. Through the hollow cast-iron axle and the brass bushes is a wrought-iron axial bar 26 in. long, and 1 in. thick, the ends of which are fastened to the stirrup. This makes a firmer connection with the wagon frame. The two wheel centres are 46 in. apart. The platforms on which the wagon bodies are placed are 40 in. below the axle centres and are 17 in. apart. There is one wagon body on each side of the wagon, and each holds 20 cu. ft. One such body is laden with 20 cwt of lime or bricks, and therefore a wagon takes 40 cwt. One horse draws two such wagons or 80 cwt, exclusive of the bodies and the wagon.” [14: p77]

On a disused standing wagon, there is a special arrangement for reducing the friction of the wheels on the axles, which is neither properly devised according to theory nor well carried out practically. The brass bushes wherein the cast-iron axle turns have a circular-segment-shaped slot, in. wide, cut in the upper part, and in this notch rests a 4 in. high iron friction wheel, on which the whole load of the wagon bears, while the brass bush is not entirely held fast in the wagon frame.” [14: p77]

The Cheshunt Railway is also featured in the Register of Arts and Sciences No. 47, 2nd July, 1825, [17] where the illustration below appears, along with a detailed description of the opening of the railway.

The Cheshunt Railway. [17: p353]

The article is reproduced in full below at Appendix A.

C.F. Dendy Marshall also refers to Palmer (and his monorails) in his history of railways to 1830. He notes that “Palmer was prominent in connexion with the London and Brighton schemes, and was [a] principal founder of the Institution of Civil Engineers. He wrote a paper in the Journal of the Franklin Institute in 1828, advocating the use of sails on railways. An illustration is given [below] of his railway with that method of propulsion, from Hebert’s Practical Treatise on Rail Roads (1837). [19] Two short lines were made on Palmer’s principle, on which horses were used: one at the Victualling Yard, Deptford; and one from some lime-kilns and tile-works near Cheshunt to the Lea Canal. The best account of these lines is given by von Oeynhausen and von Dechen, in ‘Ueber Schienen Wage in England, 1826-27.” [18: p171]

Marshall was writing in 1935, over 30 years before the Newcomen translation of von Oeynhausen and von Dechen’s German text was published, so he took the trouble to provide his own translation of their words in full. [18: p171-173] He also points his readers to an article in the Mechanics Magazine of 6th August 1825 which concluded: “One carriage, which has been constructed for the purpose of trying the application of the plan to the conveyance of passengers, differs from the others. Its boxes partake partly of the shape of a gig, and partly that of a balloon-car; in each are two cushioned seats vis-à-vis, with a little dickey behind, the whole carriage being covered with an awning.” [18: p173-174]

Palmer’s Idea for sail propulsion on his patented monorail. [18: p171][19: p62] At times we may feel a sense of ridicule at proposals which were coming to the fore in the early days of railways, but we need to remember that railways were the most up-to-date, advanced technology of the day and that progress would not have been made if a whole range of ideas were being put forward and tried.

Hebert discusses Palmer’s ideas in his book, Practical Treatise on Rail Roads (1837): “Mr. Palmer’s railway consists of only one, which is elevated upon pillars, and carried in a straight line across the country, however undulating and rugged, over hills, valleys, brooks, and rivers, the pillars being longer or shorter, to suit the height of the rail above the surface of the ground, so as to preserve the line of the rail always straight, whether the plane be horizontal or inclined. The waggons, or receptacles for the goods, travel in pairs, one of a pair being suspended on one side of the rail, and the other on the opposite side, like panniers from the back of a horse. By this arrangement only two wheels are employed, instead of eight, to convey a pair of waggons; these two wheels are placed one before the other on the rail, and the axle-trees upon which they revolve are made of sufficient length and strength to form extended arms of support, to which are suspended the waggons.” [19:p57]

Hebert provides an illustration of the line in use. And the principles by which various obstacles were overcome. In the image below, “on the left is seen a jointed rail, or gate, that crosses the road over which the carriages have just passed, and the gate swung back, to leave the road open; the horse and man having just forded, the train of carriages is proceeding in its course, and following another train, part of which is seen on the right, crossing a rail bridge, simply constructed for that purpose.” [19:p59]

An Illustration of Palmer’s Suspension Railway. [19: p59]

Provision is made for trains of carriages that are proceeding in opposite directions, by means of ‘sidings’ or passing places. With respect to loading, if both receptacles be not loaded at the same time, that which is loaded first must be supported until the second is full. Where there is a permanent loading place, the carriage is brought over a step or block; but when it is loaded promiscuously, it is provided with a support connected to it, which is turned up when not in use. From the small height of the carriage, the loading of those articles usually done by hand becomes less laborious. The unloading may be done in various ways, according to the substance to be discharged, the receptacles being made to open either at the bottom, the ends, or the sides. In some cases, it may be desirable to suspend them by their ends, when, turning on their own centres, they are easily discharged sideways.” [19:p59]

Among the advantages contemplated by the patentee of this railway, may be mentioned that of enabling the engineer, in most cases, to construct a railway on that plane which is most effectual, and where the shape of the country would occasion too great an expenditure on former plans – that of being maintained a perfectly straight line, and in the facility with which it may always be adjusted; in being unencumbered with extraneous substances lying upon it; in receiving no interruption from snow, as the little that may lodge on the rail is cleared off by merely fixing a brush before the first carriage in the train; in the facility with which the loads may be transferred from the railway on to the carriages, by merely unhooking the receptacles, without displacing the goods, or from other carriages to the railway, by the reverse operation; in the preservation of the articles conveyed from being fractured, owing to the more uniform gliding motion of the carriages; in occupying less land than any other railway; in requiring no levelling or road-making; in adapting itself to all situations, as it may be constructed on the side of any public road, on the waste and irregular margins, on the beach or shingles of the sea-shore, indeed, where no other road can be made; in the original cost being much less, and the impediments and great expense occasioned by repairs in the ordinary mode, being by this method almost avoided.” [19: p59-60]

Hebert goes on to talk of the line built in Cheshunt in 1825. In that case, “The posts which support the rails are about ten feet apart, and vary in their height from two to five feet, according to the undulations of the surface, and so as to preserve a continuous horizontal line to the rail. The posts were made of sound pieces of old oak, ship timber, and in a, the slot or cleft at the upper ends of the posts, are fixed deal planks twelve inches by three, set in edgeways, and covering with a thin bar of iron, about four inches wide, flat on its under side, and very slightly rounded on its upper side; the true plane of the rail being regulated or preserved by the action of counter-wedges between the bottom of the mortices, and that of the planks. By this rail, on the level, one horse seemed to be capable of drawing at the usual pace about fourteen tons, including the carriages.” [19: p60]

Hebert quotes Tredgold, who commented: “We expect that this single railroad will be found far superior to any other for the conveyance of the mails and those light carriages of which speed is the principal object; because we are satisfied that a road for such carriages must be raised so as to be free from interruptions and crossings of an ordinary railway.” [19: p60][20]

Hebert notes a particular problem with Palmer’s design: “It has generally been considered a defect in Mr Palmer’s arrangement, that in order to make turns in the road, it is necessary that a portion of the rail should be made to turn with the carriages upon it. This defect, Mr. T. Chapman, of Royal Row, Lambeth, proposed to remedy, by so constructing the carriage, as to enable it to turn itself upon a fixed suspension rail, whether curved or straight, or from one angle to another. Fig. 1 … exhibits an end view of the carriage, and Fig. 2 a side view of the same, partly in section. … aa is the rail, bb two wheels on the rail; these carry the turning plates cc, each having four friction-rollers: ee, upper plates; ff, the vertical axis of the wheel-frames or turn-plates cc; they pass through the plates d and e, from which the boxes gg are suspended, by the lateral arms hh and ii. Now as the wheels and frames b c can turn freely on their axis ff, they each require four guiding rollers jjjj to keep them in a right line with the rail, and to cause them to turn as the rail turns. These carriages should not be further asunder than is absolutely necessary for the required curve of the rail. The bottom of the carriage has a joint at one third of its length, and is held up at this by the hooks kk; by removing these, the contents may be let out: the fixed portion of the bottom is made sloping, so that it may be readily emptied.” [19: p60-61]

Hebert now turns to consideration of the force of the wind: “About thirteen years ago it occurred to [him], that the force of the wind might be beneficially employed as an auxiliary power for propulsion on railways; and considering that the suspension principle, which had just then been promulgated by Mr. Palmer, was better adapted to that object than any other, he wrote a short paper on the subject, which was inserted in the eighth number of the Register of Arts, for January, 1824, under the signature of “L. H.” The plan also embraced a proposition for enabling boats from the sea, a river, or canal, to pass out of the water, at once upon the rail, and thereon be propelled precisely in the same manner as the receptacles provided by the inventor are, and from which they scarcely need to differ in shape. Both of these propositions have been treated with abundance of ridicule, by persons who were either incapable or indisposed to reason. But one of them having, according to the newspapers, been recently carried into actual practice at Sunderland, and under less favourable circumstances, (i.e. on the common ground rail) the writer need not dilate upon its feasibility. And as respects the other propositions, he will only observe, that believing it to contain the germ of something that may hereafter prove of public benefit, he hesitates not to place it before the judgment of the reader. The following are extracts from the paper alluded to. ‘The inhabitants of small islands, and of the sea-coast gene-rally, subsist chiefly upon fish; and as they are remarkable for robust constitutions, it follows that their food must be strengthening and wholesome. I propose, therefore, a railway, on Palmer’s principle, from London to the nearest seaport town or fishing-place, that shall give to the inhabitants of this city the advantages of a plentiful supply of the cheap and wholesome food enjoyed by those in maritime situations. In the drawing which accompanies this [see the sail propulsion drawing above], the scene sketched is entirely imaginary, and intended, first to represent a railway leading to a sea-port, with the carriages being propelled, according to the modes projected by Mr. Palmer; the first train of carriages being drawn along the rail by a locomotive steam-engine, the second, more in the perspective, is supposed to be drawn by a horse. Brighton is perhaps the most eligible situation for such an undertaking. By a railroad from that place, the London market might be supplied with a prodigious quantity of fish within three or four hours after their being taken from the sea, at the mart trifling expense of carriage; and if the wind were to be employed as an auxiliary propelling force, which I propose, the rapidity with which the fish might generally be brought lo our markets would give us all the advantage of a sea-port town in the purchase of it If the Hollanders have found it practicable (as is well known) to sail over land in four-wheeled carriages, how much more practicable and advantageous would it be to bring into use the admirable facilities furnished by Mr. Palmer in his new suspension railway, in which the resistance to the motion of the carriages is reduced to one-twentieth part; or in other words, wherein the facilities are twenty times greater. As objections will of course he raised, on the score of the variableness of the wind, I must repeat, that I only propose it. as an auxiliary power. It would rarely happen that the wind would not he favourable in going or returning; and it is well known that S.W. winds prevail more than any other in our quarter, which would be favourable for the principal traffic; that is to London. In the absence of a steam-engine, a horse should always be in attendance; so that when employed in drawing a train of carriages, if a favourable breeze should spring up, the sails might be spread, and the horse be-put into one of the receptacles, where, over his bag of corn, he might regale and invigorate himself for fresh exertions, should the wind fall off.” [19; p61-62]

Hebert goes on, even more fancifully in my view, to explain how Palmer’s design can be adapted to one of Hebert’s own ideas of overcoming the need for transshipment between canals and railways, and perhaps to overcome the need for locks altogether as lengths of canal could be linked by Palmer’s monorail, provided the canal vessels were designed to suit. So, Hebert says: “The railway I propose Is to be constructed as usual, elevated upon pillars, and not to terminate on arrival at the look gates B, but to pass over it, and terminate at the other end, just within the second gates A, and be supported upon pillars from the floor of the lock, the same as on dry ground. In [drawing](which is a plan) the double train of vessels are supposed to have all entered the lock, half on one side of the rail, and half on the other, and they are hooked on to the axle-trees of the wheels which are already upon the rail for that purpose. The gates next to the river or canal are then closed, and all being fast, the water is let out of the lock by a sluice at D. till it falls below the bottom of the outer gates; at which time the vessels are all suspended on their axles in the air. The gates being next opened, and the wind fair, they sail across the valley or are propelled by other means provided by the patentee.” [19: p62-63]

Hebert’s proposed transfer lock – canal to Palmer’s monorail. [19: p63]

Further Immediate Developments

As early as 1826, the German railway pioneer Friedrich Harkort had a demonstration line of Palmer’s system built at his steel factory in Elberfeld (today part of Wuppertal), but objections prevented the construction of a public railway. [22]

Soon after, the first Hungarian railway line was completed on 15th August 1827, and led from Pest to Kőbánya. It was a monorail built on the principles outlined by Palmer. [23][24]

That Hungarian scheme is described here. [25]

References

  1. Non-Conformist and Non-Parochial Records.
  2. Parish records.
  3. https://www.gracesguide.co.uk/1820_Institution_of_Civil_Engineers:_New_Members, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  4. https://www.gracesguide.co.uk/Henry_Robinson_Palmer, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  5. https://books.google.co.uk/books/about/History_of_the_Steam_Engine_from_Its_Ear.html?id=5yOk_AeOFTMC&redir_esc=y, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  6. https://www.urban-transport-magazine.com/en/monorails-on-the-rise, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  7. https://collection.sciencemuseumgroup.org.uk/objects/co474278/description-of-a-railway-on-a-new-principle, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  8. H.R. Palmer; Description of a Railway on a New Principle: With Observations on Those Hitherto Constructed and a Table Shewing the Comparative Amount of Resistance on Several Now in Use; J. Taylor, London, 1823. [NB: a second edition was published by J. Taylor in 1824]
  9. The Times; Monday 27th June 1825.
  10. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/02/07/a-first-short-lived-horse-powered-railway-in-hungary.
  11. https://espace.library.uq.edu.au/data/UQ_225741/n01_Thesis_text_Guedes.pdf?Expires=1739979301&Key-Pair-Id=APKAJKNBJ4MJBJNC6NLQ&Signature=Mta6J-AfDmIox2Cyn9W0thOJLfTU~R9QiqLT8VT89xVPRJgExbS1S4QfcUKrb6UlMbRmQMlQia08caTuBVwGTTKWPfuHEw6uOtvyS4iXAAasj4oOU-UnDKHCJaFRy7vXuI~GVvFmYSTbsUlZYjZTJ0aNnXX9GMN91PPH54y3dqOwpOEQwMxrYNiqlUvLIzSs40wveXwq3Hwlr~Cc7JSz1dvO6B8Xp~H4JM2PCvroy8IvgFCZqxjuwHnYEUXj7fY-INLhfV-Jqf6jTiGa48vSr-VHKQPy9xaupA0dsyXbFU711pyxy76s0kSvdXD9gW8oFX19LtveL9ohve2r3YAJSQ__, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  12. The Leicester Chronicle, or Commercial and Agricultural Advertiser; Saturday, 15th February 1834.
  13. The Ipswich Journal, Saturday, 14th September 1844.
  14. C. von Oeynhaussen & H. von Dechen; Railways in England 1826 and 1827; translated by E.A. Forward and edited by C. E. Lee & K. R. Gilbert; Heffer &b Sons Ltd, Cambridge, for the Newcomen Society, 1971.
  15. Nicholas Blatchley; Cheshunt Railway, 1825; via https://www.hertsmemories.org.uk/content/herts-history/topics/transport/railways/cheshunt_railway_1825, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  16. This refers to a device patented by Henry Robinson Palmer (1795-1844) on 22nd November 1821 (Patent No. 4618). The line in the Royal Victualling Yard, Deptford, appears to have been brought into use in the latter part of 1824. The Cheshunt line was opened with considerable ceremony on 25th June 1825.
  17. Register of Arts and Sciences No. 47, 2nd July 1825; via https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Register_of_the_arts_and_sciences._Volume_2,_1825._(IA_s1id13655130).pdf, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  18. C.F. Dendy Marshall; A History of British Railways Down to the Year 1830; Oxford, 1938.
  19. Luke Hebert; Practical Treatise on Rail Roads and Locomotive Engines; Thomas Kelly, London, 1837.
  20. Thomas Tredgold; A Practical Treatise on Rail-roads and Carriages; J. Taylor, London, 1825.
  21. The Railway Magazine; H. R. Palmer, A Forgotten Railway Pioneer; Volume 99 March 1953, p658ff.
  22. https://www.urban-transport-magazine.com/en/monorails-on-the-rise, accessed on 19th February 2025.
  23. https://pestbuda.hu/en/cikk/20220812_the_first_hungarian_railway_was_built_195_years_ago_the_special_structure_delivered_construction_materials_from_kobanya, accessed on 6th February 2025.
  24. https://pestbuda.hu/en/cikk/20230322_the_downfall_of_the_first_hungarian_railway, accessed on 6th February 2025.
  25. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/02/07/a-first-short-lived-horse-powered-railway-in-hungary.
  26. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/02/19/early-monorail-proposals-in-russia.

Appendix A – The Opening of the Patent Suspension Railway at Cheshunt, Herts

The Register of Arts and Sciences No. 47, 2nd July, 1825

We had the gratification on Saturday last of witnessing a practical demonstration of the advantages of Mr. Palmer’s new Suspension Railway, the nature and construction of which having been fully described in the 7th and 8th numbers of this Work, to those articles we refer our readers, as connected with our present account.

A line of railway on these beautiful principles having been erected at Cheshunt, in Hertfordshire, by Mr. Gibbs of that place, the same was opened for public inspection on the above-mentioned day, when a numerous and highly-respectable company of persons attended by invitation to witness the operation of the carriages, and partake of a rural entertainment provided for the occasion. The weather proved fine during the forenoon, but the rain which after-wards occasionally descended in showers, would have been felt very inconveniently by the numerous fair visitors, had they not been provided with large booths, in which were erected ranges of elevated seats, commanding a view of the entire piece of rail-road, besides affording a fine prospect of the surrounding country, which is beautifully picturesque. Near to these was stationed a band of music, which played a variety of national airs; and the flags of England, France, America, and other nations, waving their colours in different parts of the beautiful meadows, gave a delightful effect to the scene, independently of the highly interesting business of the day.

The chief object of the proprietor of this undertaking is the conveyance of bricks across the Marsh to the River Lea for shipment, and the carriages have consequently receptacles adapted to that peculiar purpose. But on the present occasion each receptacle was fitted up with temporary seats, for the conveyance of the persons in the manner represented in the engraving; each receptacle being likewise loaded with a quantity of bricks as ballast, which were stowed away under the seats, making, perhaps, a total weight to each receptacle of one ton; and there being two receptacles to a carriage (one suspended on each side of the rail) will make the whole weight about fourteen tons. The first carriage shewn in the train * had the receptacles expressly made for passengers, and were elegantly constructed in the barouche style, the passengers sitting opposite to each other. The whole of this immense train was drawn by a single horse by means of a towing rope attached to the first carriage, and with so little exertion apparently, that it was evident the strength of a good average horse would be sufficient to draw double the weight operated upon. The rail was proved to be upon a level plane by the animal drawing the load with equal facility, in either direction. The posts which support the rail are about ten feet apart, and vary in their height from two to five feet according to the undulations of the ground, so as to preserve the horizontal line of the rail. Under the rail, and between a cleft of each of the posts are placed reverse wedges, which admits of a facile and almost instantaneous adjustment of the plane, in the nicest manner. [a] The posts are made of that almost ever-lasting stuff, sound old ship timber, and securely fixed in the ground in a peculiar manner; the rail is constructed with 3-inch planks, 12 inches wide, which are placed edgeways between the clefts of the pillars. The upper surface of the rail is covered with a bar of iron four inches wide and about a quarter of an inch thick, and a little con-vexed on the upper side, to suit the occasionally inclined position of the wheels, and to prevent (as we suppose) a too extended contact of their surfaces.

Our object in giving another sketch of this truly excellent invention has been, chiefly to shew its admirable application for the conveyance of persons as well as goods. The vehicles glide so smoothly over the surface of the country, as to be compared only to the floating of boats in the stream of a river; and it is evident that no mode of travelling can possibly be less free from danger.

The simplicity and effectiveness of this new railway was the subject of general admiration; among the spectators we noticed several engineers of eminence, who, very honourably to themselves, awarded their meed of praise, so justly due to the inventor, for the erection of (unquestionably) the best rail-way hitherto constructed. [b] The uses and advantages are indeed so obvious to every observer, that it is impossible not to believe that it will become of general adoption in all situations suited to a work of the kind.

Notes

  1. This simple method of adjustment is one of very considerable importance in every point of view. In the common railroads, when the surface has become irregular by the sinking of particular parts, the rails must be taken up of necessity, and a complete re-bedding of their foundations made, which is of course attended with considerable expense and inconvenience. By Mr. Palmer’s plan a tap or two with a hammer sets the whole straight.
  2. Even Mr. Vallance, who may be regarded as unfriendly to railways generally, very candidly says in his pamphlet on the subject, “By the effects produced on different railroads, it is proved, that a power which will raise one pound perpendicularly, will move above 100 lbs. horizontally at the same rate; and on a railway of Mr. H. R. Palmer’s invention, it may at any time be seen, that the same power will produce the same effect on above 300 lbs!”

The Callander and Oban Railway

In July 1923, The Railway Magazine carried an article about the Callander & Oban Railway (C&O) written by G.F. Gairns. [1]

Gairns commented that the C&O constituted the third of the three great mountain lines: the Perth-Inverness line of the Highland Railway; the West Highland Line of the North British Railway; and the Callander & Oban Railway (including the Ballachulish Extension).

The Callander & Oban Railway. [1: p11]

A short series of four articles about the Ballachulish line can be found here, [2] here, [3] here, [4] and here. [5]

The C&O had previously been written about in the Railway Magazine, specifically in the issues of September 1903, August 1904, and August and September 1912. Gairns leaves the detailed history to those previous articles, apart from a brief introduction, and focusses in 1923 on a journey along the line from Stirling to Oban and to Ballachulish.

An excellent presentation of the various scenes which preceded the Callander & Oban Railway can be found in the early pages of John Thomas’, ‘The Callander & Oban Railway‘. [62: p1-26]

Ultimately, an agreement was signed between the Scottish Central Railway (SCR) and the Callander & Oban (C&O) was signed on 17th December 1864 which affirmed that the SCR would subscribe £200,000 to the scheme. “The C&O was to have nine directors, five appointed by the Scottish Central and four by the promoters. The line was to be ‘made, constructed and completed in a good, substantial sufficient and workmanlike manner, and without the adoption of timber bridges and culverts’. … The rails were to weigh 75 lb per yard and were to be laid in 24 ft lengths on larch sleepers placed at an average distance of 3 ft.” [62: p26-27]

As part of the agreement, once at least 20 miles of line directly connected to the Dunblane, Doune & Callander Railway had been constructed and passed by the Board of Trade, the Scottish Central Railway undertook work it in perpetuity, on the basis that it would receive half of the gross revenue.

The Callander & Oban Railway bill was drawn up and presented in Parliament in January 1865. … The bill sought:

First, a Railway commencing about Five Furlongs South-westwards from the Schoolhouse in the Town of Oban called the Oban Industrial School, and terminating by a Junction with the Dunblane, Doune and Callander Railway, about One and a Half Furlongs Eastward from the Booking Office of the Callander Station of the Railway.

Secondly, a Tramway commencing by a Junction with the Railway above described about One Furlong South-westwards from the said Schoolhouse, and terminating on the Pier on the East Side of the Harbour of Oban about Two Chains Eastward from the South-western end of the said Pier.” [62: p27]

148 railway bills were passed in a two-day session of Parliament on January 1865. These included the C&O and the Dingwall & Skye Railway.  Both these schemes had a similar primary purpose – to reach ports on the West Coast of Scotland to give the fishing trade access to markets in the rest of Scotland and further South.

Thomas comments: “The Callander & Oban Railway Act was passed on 8th July 1865. The  first sod was not cut for over fourteen months. Five years were to pass before a revenue-earning wheel was to turn on the line (and on only 17½ miles at that), and it would be fifteen years before a train entered Oban. … But even before the Act was passed sweeping changes had transformed the railway political scene. Ten days earlier, on 29th June, the Scottish Central had won permission to take over the Dunblane, Doune & Callander as from 31st July 1865; and the Central had enjoyed its new-found gains for one day. On 1st August 1865 the Central itself had been absorbed by the Caledonian, which acquired all its assets and liabilities including the obligation to finance and operate the Callander & Oban. At the outset the C & O directors found themselves with formidable new masters.” [62: p28]

As much as the Callander & Oban had looked attractive to the Scottish Central. “It was not at all attractive to the Caledonian, whose shareholders, had no stomach for squandering cash among the Perthshire hills. … The 1861 census had shown that Oban and Callander between them possessed fewer than 3,000 inhabitants, and the scattered hamlets between the two could produce barely a thousand more. The certain dividends lying in the coal and iron traffic of the Clyde Valley were infinitely preferable to the nebulous rewards from the fish and sheep of the West Highlands.” [62: p29]

From the beginning there was a faction on that Caledonian board which wished to drop expansion towards Oban at the earliest opportunity, “but the terms of the SCR-Caledonian amalgamation agreement forbade such a course. And there was another reason, if a negative one, why the Caledonian should use caution. The amalgamations of 1865 had given the Edinburgh & Glasgow to the North British, which as the result had now penetrated deep into traditional Caledonian territory – Glasgow and the Clyde coast; and the North British already possessed and exercised running powers into Callander. If the Caledonian abandoned its awkward foster-child on the Callander doorstep, it was reasonable to suppose that the North British would attempt to pick it up.” [62: p29]

The Callander & Oban directors had undertaken to find £400,000 along the route of the railway. This proved to be a monumental task. Their first attempts brought in 201 individual shareholders who subscribed for a total of £56,360 worth of shares! The C&O may well have been stillborn had it not been for the appointment of John Anderson as the Secretary to the C&O.

Given palpable hostility between the directors, Anderson “was left to conduct the line’s affairs single-handed.” [62: p32] Thomas goes on to describe in some detail the different methods he used to achieve progress. The machinations involved need not, however, detain us here

Gairns writes:

The Callander and Oban Railway Company was constituted in 1865. The Dunblane, Doune and Callander Railway was already in existence, having been opened in 1858. The Callander and Oban line was opened: Callander to Killin Junction, 1870; Killin Junction to Tyndrum, August, 1873; thence to Dalmally, May, 1877; and to Oban, July, 1880. At Balquhidder, at first known as Lochearnhead, the line from Crieff makes connection. This route, with connecting lines, was opened, Perth to Methven, 1838; Methven Junction to Crieff, 1866; Gleneagles (previously Crieff Junction, 1856; Crieff to Comrie, 1893; Comrie to St. Fillans, 1901; St. Fillans to Balquhidder (Lochearnhead), 1905. The Callander and Oban line has always been worked by the Caledonian Company, and is now [1923] included in the London Midland and Scottish Railway.

Dunblane is the ordinary junction for the Callander and Oban line, but trains which are not through to or from Glasgow use Stirling as their southern terminus. In some instances, ordinary Caledonian main line engines work the trains to and from Callander, the special C. and O, engines being attached or detached there, though this is mainly a traffic arrangement, convenient in the case of certain trains. At Dunblane there is an island platform on the down side, thus enabling branch trains to wait on the outer side to make connections. To Doune is double track, and the country mainly pastoral. Thence to Callander is single line, controlled by electric train tablet, as is the whole of the Callander and Oban line. The scenery continues to be of lowland character, though picturesque, but signs of the mountain country beyond show themselves. Between Doune and Callander is an intermediate crossing place – Drumvaich Crossing – to break up the long section of nearly 7 miles between stations. The original line diverged into what is now the goods station at Callander, the present station having been built when the Oban line was made. Callander station is distinctly picturesque, an ornamental clock tower surmounting the footbridge, and the station buildings being neat and attractive, while the platforms are decorated florally. It also has refreshment rooms on the platforms. On the up and down sides there are short bay lines from which locals can start as required. For down trains there is also a ticket platform, half a mile or so short of the station, but this is now used only by a few trains.” [1: p10]

The original location of Callander Railway Station as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1862, published in 1866.  [6]
The original location of Callander Railway Station as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1899, published in 1901. By this time the site had become Callander’s Goods Station. [7]
The location of Callander’s first Railway Station in the 21st century, as it appears on the ESRI satellite imagery provided by the National Library of Scotland (NLS). [6]
Callander Railway Station as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1899, published in 1901. [9]
Callander Railway Station as shown on the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1899, published in 1901. [13]
The location of Callander Railway Station in the 21st century as shown on the ESRI satellite imagery provided by the NLS. [9]
Coaches awaiting the arrival of the train, about 1895, © Public Domain. [62: p48]
A busy morning in 1959. A diesel excursion, No. 45153 on 9.18 am Oban -Glasgow, and No. 45213 on an up freight, © Public Domain. [62: p48]

Wikipedia tells us that “closure [for Callander Station] came on 1st November 1965, when the service between Callander and Dunblane ended as part of the Beeching Axe. The section between Callander and Crianlarich (lower) was closed on 27th September that year following a landslide at Glen Ogle.” [8]

Callander Station from the roadbridge Mar'73.
This is an embedded link to a Flickr image of Callander Railway Station (seen from the road bridge at the East end of the Station) in 1973, (c) David Christie. [10]
A very similar view in the 21st century. [Google Streetview, October 2016]
The road bridge at the East end of Callander Raiway Station in 1967 (Ancaster Road Bridge). (c) J.R. Hume, Public Domain [11]
Callander Railway Station forecourt in the 1940s, seen from the East. This image was shared on the Callander Heritage Society Facebook Page on 18th December 2023, (c) Public Domain. [12]
A similar view in the 21st century. [Google Streetview, October 2016]
Lookin West from Callendar Railway Station after the lifting of the rails. The tall signal box allowed for visibility beyond Leny Road Bridge which is just off the scene to the left. This image was shared on the Callendar Heritage Facebook Page on 27th September 2023. [14]

The old railway passed under Leny Road, Callander at the western end of the station site. The first image below shows the alignment of the railway looking Northeast from Leny Road. The pelican crossing marks the location of the old bridge. The second image shows the public footpath which follows the old railway to the South side of Leny Road.

The first length of the railway to the West of Callander is shown on the RailMapOnline.com image below.

The route of the Callander & Oban Railway to the West of Callander as shown on the satellite imagery provided by RailMapOnline.com. Loch Lubnaig is at the top-left of this image. [15]
This embedded image from the Canmore National Record of the Historic Environment looks Northeast along the Callander & Oban railway towards Callander Railway station. The Bowstring Girder Bridge in the foreground is mentioned by Gairns below. The stone-arch bridge in the distance is the bridge that carried Leny Road over the old railway, (c) J.R. Hume. [16]

Gairns mentions the Pass of Leny and the Falls of Leny, below. The falls are shown on the map extract immediately below. The Falls can be seen in the right half of the extract.

The Falls of Leny and the Callander & Oban Railway. Note that the river – Garbh Uisge – is crossed twice by the railway. These bridges were bowstring Girder bridges like that seen above. [17]
Pair of BRCW Type 2's.River Leny bridge. 7th August 1965.
This image is embedded from Flickr and shows one of the two girder bridges shown on the map extract above. The photograph was taken shortly before the closure of the line. (c) locoman1966. [18]

Gairns continues:

“Crossing the River Leny [Garbh Uisge] by a bowstring girder bridge, mountain country is entered in the Pass of Leny, and Ben Ledi and Ben Vane on the one side (the former skirted by the line), Ben Each, and, in the distance, Ben Vorlich, on the other, give evidence of the nature of the country traversed. The Falls of Leny can be seen on the right providing the intervening foliage is not too full. St. Bride’s Crossing, at the head of the Pass of Leny, is now only used as a crossing place at periods of special pressure. For nearly two miles the line then proceeds along the western shore, and almost at the water’s edge  of Loch Lubnaig ‘the crooked lake’. A short distance beyond St. Bride’s Crossing is Craignacailleach Platform, used by children of railway servants going to school in Callander the 5.40 a.m. from Oban and the 6.45 pm from Callander, daily except Saturdays. At the picturesque little station of Strathyre, both platforms are adorned by ornamental shrubs, and on the up side there is a fountain, rockeries, rustic gate ways, etc.. lending further interest to this pretty station among its beautiful natural surroundings.

Before reaching Strathyre station the River Balvag is crossed. It keeps close company with the railway until near Kingshouse Platform, where a glimpse is had of the hills encircling Loch Val.  Kingshouse Platform is used as a halt, trains calling as required, for the convenience of visitors to the Braes o’ Balquhidder.” [1: p10-11]

The adjacent RailMapOnline.com satellite image shows the railway running up the West side of Loch Lubnaig. Strathyre, mentioned by Gairns above, can be seen to the North of the Loch.

This portion of the old railway has been metalled to support its use as National Cycleway No. 7. South of the Loch, there is now a car park close to the upstream of the two bridges noted above.

The old railway formation is now the National Cycle Route No. 7. The blue line marks the route of the railway. The River Garbh Uisge is to the right of this North facing photograph. [Google Streetview, March 2009]
Another North facing view, this time alongside Loch Lubnaig. The tarmacked cycle route follows the line of the old railway. [Google Streetview, May 2022]

North of Loch Lubnaig, the old railway ran North through Strathyre, first crossing the river to the East bank and few hundred metres short of the Railway Station.

This extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1898, published in 1901 [19] shows the small village of Strathyre, its railway station and the bridge over the River Leny [Garbh Uisge].

Looking South from the main platform at Strathyre Railway Station towards Callander in September 1956, (c) T. Morgan and made available for use here under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [20]

North of Strathyre the line continued North-northeast towards Balquhidder.

RailMapOnline.com again – the satelitel image shows the route of the line North from Strathyre through Balquidder. [15]

King’s House Inn on the modern A84 had its own Halt – Kingshouse Platform. This was a request halt serving both King’s House Inn (just to the east of the line) and the road to Balquhidder Glen (to the west). The halt was built at the expense of the King’s House Inn. It was a single platform, on the east side of the line, with a waiting shelter. Both platform and building were built in timber. Traffic handled included passengers, children using the school train and milk churns. As can be seen below, the halt was located south of the road to the glen.

Kingshouse Platform (Halt) as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1898, published in 1901. [21]

A short distance Northeast of Kingshouse Platform was Lochearnhead Railway Station sited some distance South of the community of the same name.

Lochearnhead Railway Station. [22]
Lochearnhead Railway Station as it appears on the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1898, published 1901. [23]
The same location in the 21st century, as it appears on the ESRI satellite imagery provided by the NLS. The old railway ran from bottom-left to top-middle of this extract. [24]

The station was renamed Balquhidder Station on 1st July 1904, when the line to Crieff, Gleneagles and Perth was completed. The station then became the junction station. The branch came in from the North, paralleled by the Oban line for some distance, from the head of Loch Earn. Balquhidder station had an island platform on the up side to provide for connecting trains. A new station was built on the branch to serve Lochearnhead village. [25]

Balquhidder Railway Station looking Southwest towards Callander on 27th September 1961. The branch line was off to the left of this image, (c) Ben Brooksbank and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [26]

Gairns continues:

Leaving Balquhidder the Oban line climbs steeply along the hillside as it finds its way up Glen Ogle, overlooking, in the ascent, the Crieff line as it follows the shores of Loch Earn eastward, and giving views over the waters of the Loch, amidst their mountain setting, which are said to be the finest in the British Isles. … Nearly 8 miles separate Balquhidder and Killin Junction stations, though there is an intermediate crossing – Glenoglehead. This was the site of the original Killin station, before the opening of the Killin Branch Railway. The whole length of ‘gloomy’ Glen Ogle – a wild rocky valley, four miles in length, described as the Khyber Pass of Scotland – is traversed, with its rocky boulder-strewn slopes, the railway being carried in places on brick or masonry viaducts around the face of the rock where the cutting of a ledge was well-nigh impossible. For most of the ascent the view from the train is down almost precipitous slopes, continued upwards on the other side.” [1: p11]

The Oban line runs South to North on this extract from the RailMapOnline.com satellite imagery. The branch turns away to run East along the North side of Loch Earn which just peeps into this satellite image at the bottom-right. [15]
Four pictures of Glen Ogle Viaduct. The first was taken from the opposite side of the valley, (c) Euan Reid, Octobr 2024. [Google Maps, November 2024]
This next extract from RailMapOnline.com’s satellite imagery shows that to the North of Glen Ogle the old railway turned to the West. The line entering the extract from the top and meeting with the Callander & Oban Railway is the Killin Branch. [15]

Gairns continues:

“At the northern end of the Pass the line curves westward, overlooking the Loch Tay branch which runs from Killin Junction to the little town of Killin, with an extension of about a mile to a pier on Loch Tay to connect with the railway steamers which serve the whole length of the Loch, glimpses of which are had from the Oban train. The branch is on a lower level and its track can be seen for a long distance from the main line. The branch railway is one of very heavy gradients. At Killin Junction it makes connection with the main line which has descended from Glenoglehead to meet it. The station here has the usual island platform on the up side, to accommodate the branch trains clear of the main line.” [1: p11-12]

Looking South towards Lochearnhead, the A85 and the route of the old railway run immediately adjacent to each other alongside Locham Lairig Cheile which is just off the right side of this photograph. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Looking North towards Glenoglehead Crossing at the smae location as the image above. Lochan Lairig Cheile ican be picked out on the left of the image. [Google Streetview, May 2022]

Glenoglehead Crossing permitted two trains on the line to pass each other.

A Google Maps satellite image extract showing the location of Glenoglehead Crossing in the 21st century. It was once known as Killian Railway Station (even though over 3 miles from Killin) and was at that time the northern terminus of the Callander & Oban Railway. [Google Maps, November 2024]

From Glenoglehead the line dropped down to Killin Junction. The two map extracts above come from the same 6″ Ordnance Survey sheet surveyed in 1899 and printed in 1901. [27]

The location of Glenoglehead Railway Station with the original station building in private hands. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The route of the old railway descending from Glenoglehead. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The line ran West on the Southern slopes of Glen Dochart. {Google Streetview, May 2022]
An enlarged extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1899 showing the location of Killin Junction. [27]
A similar length of the line on the RailMapOnline.com satellite imagery. [15]
Killin Junction Railway Station and Signal Box. This view looks Southwest through the station towards the Signal Box. This image is one of a number which scroll across the screen on [28]
Killin Junction Railway Station. This view looks Northeast. The image is one of a number which scroll across the screen on https://railwaycottagekillin.co.uk/history [28]

Just to the Southwest of Killin Junction the line was carried over the Ardchyle Burn on a stone viaduct – Glendhu Viaduct.

Glendu Viaduct carried the old railway over the Ardchyle Burn, (c) Richard Webb and made available for resue under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0), [29]

A short distance to the West of the viaduct, a farm acess track was carried over the railway on a stone arched bridge.

Farm access bridge over the old railway. This image was shared on the Re-Appreciate the Callander & Oban Line Facebook Group by John Gray on 6th October 2018. [32]

Along the length of the old railway between Killin Junction and Luib Railway Sation two more structures are worthy of note. First, Ledcharrie Viaduct at around the half-way point between Killin Junction and Luib spans the Ledcharrie Burn. [33] The second is Edravinoch Bridge which was a girder bridge which once spanned the Luib Burn. The aboutments remain but the girders were removed for scrap on closure of the line. [34] Bothe the pictures below were taken by John Gray and shared by him on the Re-Appreciate the Callander & Oban Line Facebook Group on 4th October 2018. John Gray’s photographs are reproduced here with his kind permission.

The next station on the old railway was Luib Railway Station in Glen Dochart.

River, road and railway in close proximity at Luib Railway Station. The 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1898, published in 1901. [30]
The site of Luib Railway station is, in the 21st century, Glen Dochart Holiday Park. [15]
This view looking West from Luib Railway Station is embedded from Ernie’s Railway Archive on Flickr, (c) J.M. Boyce. Note the signal box and the stone water tower base. [31]
The old road alignment and under bridge to the West of the Luib Railway Station site. [35]
Just to the West of Luib Railway Station the line crossed what became the A85. There is no clear indication on the groud of the location of the bridge as road improvements have swept away the vestiges of the old railway in the immediate vicinity. [Google Maps, November 2024]

Gairns continues:

“Westward past Luib to Crianlarich, Glen Dochart is traversed, with the River Dochart, until it merges into Loch Iubhair, succeeded in turn by Loch Dochart, and the public road, for company close alongside. Here splendid views are hard on both sides, bare mountain slopes being relieved by wooded areas, while rushing burns and streamlets add further interest. On both sides are peaks of considerable height, notably Ben Dheiceach (3,074 ft.) to the North, Ben More (3,843 ft.) immediately ahead, and Stobinian (3,821 ft.) to the South, with many others in the distance.

Crianlarich is important as it provides for interchange traffic with the West Highland line to Fort William and Mallaig, which here crosses. The stations are within a short distance, and there is siding connection for interchange goods traffic. The Callander and Oban station is a neat double-platformed station with rather attractive buildings on the down side, Just beyond the station the North British Railway crosses by an overbridge, and Crianlarich Junction is then reached, this controlling the connection with the West Highland line.” [1: p12-13]

Two different railways crossed at Crianlarich. The Callander & Oban Railway ran East-West. The West Highland Line ran North-South. The East-West line and station were opened on 1st August 1873 by the Callander and Oban Railway. This was the first railway station in Crianlarich. The station was originally laid out with two platforms, one on either side of a crossing loop. There were sidings on the south side of the station. After the West Highland Railway opened in 1894, Crianlarich could boast two railway stations. The West Highland Railway crossed over the Callander and Oban Railway by means of a viaduct located a short distance west of the Lower station. The West Highland Railway’s Crianlarich station was (and still is) located a short distance south of this viaduct. [36]
The two lines plotted on the modern satellite imagery provided by RailMapOnline.com. The blue line being the Callander and Oban Railway, the red line being the West Highland Line. The link line between the two stations/railways was put in by the West Highland Line and is shown in red. [15]

Crianlarich Junction was situated half a mile west of Crianlarich Lower station. Opened on 20th December 1897, the junction was located at one end of a short link line that ran to Crianlarich station on the West Highland Railway. There were two signal boxes: “Crianlarich Junction East” (32 levers) and “Crianlarich Junction West” (18 levers). Following closure of the line east from Crianlarich Lower, the line between there and Crianlarich Junction was retained as a siding, with the link line becoming the main line for trains to and from Oban. [37]

Crianlarich Lower Railway Station on the Callander and Oban Railway. The picture appears to have been taken in circa. the 1920s. Note that by this time the second platform and the loop had been removed. It is also [possible to see the high level viaduct which carried the West Highland line over the road (A85), the Callander and Oben Railway and the River Fillan. This image was shared by Brian Previtt on the Disused Stations Facebook Group on 25th October 2024, (c) photographer not known, Public Domain. [38]

The line to the West of Crianlarich Junction remains in use in the 21st century.

Gairns continues his description of the line:

Onwards through Strath Fillan magnificent views are had, and for some miles the West Highland line runs parallel, but on the opposite side of the valley, climbing up the hillside, after crossing the viaduct over the River Fillan until both lines are almost on the same level, with the valley between. Both lines have stations at Tyndrum (a favourite mountain resort), though these are some half-a-mile apart. The Callander and Oban station is a neat tree-shaded [location], with the goods yard at a lower level.” [1: p13]

The Callander & Oban Railway’s Tyndrum Railway Station sat to the South of the Hotel which the West Highland Line’s station to the North. [39]

Wikipedia tells us that Tyndrum Lower Station “opened on 1st August 1873 as a terminal station. This was the first railway station in the village of Tyndrum. Until 1877, it was the western extremity of the Callander and Oban Railway. In 1877, the Callander and Oban Railway was extended from Tyndrum to Dalmally. Concurrently, the station was relocated 301 yards (275 m) west, onto the new through alignment. The new station was on a higher level, as the line had to climb steeply to reach the summit about 0.6 miles (1 km) to the west. The old terminus then became the goods yard. The through station was originally laid out with two platforms, one on each side of a passing loop.” [40]

Tyndrum Lower and Upper Tyndrum Railway Stations can be seen on this extract from RailMapOnline.com’s satellite imagery. The image shows the route(also in blue) of a tramroad which served Tyndrum Lead Mines and Glengarry Lead Smelter (a little to the East of Tyndrum). After the closure of the smelter transfer to wagons of the Callander & Oban Railway took place at Tyndrum Lower Railway Station. [15]
Tyndrum Lower Railway Station in 2015 – a single platform Halt. The platform is on the North side of the line. This view looks East toward Crianlarich, (c) Alex17595 and made available under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [41]
Looking West along the line from the access road/carpark at Tyndrum Lower Railway Station. [Google Streetview, April 2011]

Gairns’ description of the line continues:

“Passing Tyndrum station a final view is had of the West Highland line [before] it turns its course northwards, while the Callander and Oban line makes a long sweep southwesterly through Glen Lochy, wild and bare. An intermediate crossing, Glenlochy breaks the 12-mile run from Tyndrum to Dalmally. Approaching the rather pretty station at the latter place, Glen Orchy is joined, fine views being had along it. Dalmally, at the foot of Glen Orchy, has been described as ‘the loveliest spot in all that lovely glen’. A short run of less than 3 miles crossing the Orchy and rounding a bay on Loch Awe, and incidentally giving beautiful views up the Loch, and Loch Awe station is reached, right on the water side, and with a pier alongside for the steamers which ply along the Loch. For four miles or so the line runs high on the base at Ben Cruachan and follows the shores of the Loch through the gloomy Pass of Brander in which the waters of the loch merge into the brawling River Awe most turbulent of Highland salmon streams, Three miles beyond Loch Awe station the Falls of Cruachan Platform is a convenience for visitors to the celebrated Falls, a glimpse of which is had from the train in passing. The crossing place is, however, Awe Crossing, a mile or so beyond. A further run of 41 miles and Taynuilt is reached, beyond which the shores of Loch Etive are followed to Connel Ferry, a run of 64 miles, with one intermediate station – Ach-na-Cloich – and providing lovely views over the loch and the hills and mountains. beyond.” [1: p13]

Glenlochy Crossing, which Gairns describes as “An intermediate crossing, Glenlochy breaks the 12-mile run from Tyndrum to Dalmally.” This image shows what is recorded on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1898, published in 1900. [41]
The same location as it appears in the 21st century on the ESRI satellite imagery provided by the NLS. The site of Glenlochy Crossing is in the trees close to the centre of this image. which runs diagonally down the centre portion of the imageof this image. The A85 runs to the West of the old railway’s route which runs diagonally down the centre portion of the image. The River Lochy passes immediately to the West of Glenlochy Crossing (left of centre). [41]

Glenlochy Crossing was a passing loop opened in 1882 to increase the capacity of the line. It broke the singl-track section between Tyndrum Lower and Dalmally. The building shown just to the East of the line was similar to that found at other crossings (such as Drumvaich Crossing and Awe Crossing0. It combined a railway cottage with a signal cabin. When first built the loop had two trailing sidings one at each end of the loop. We know that the loop was lifted in 1966 when the building was also demolished. There is still a footbridge across the River Lochy which gave access to the Crossing but that is now locked against public access. [42]

The Callander & Oban Railway closely followed the South bank Of the River Lochy, only turning away to the South to cross Eas a Ghaill (a tributary which approached the River Lochy from the South) by means of Succoth Viaduct.

Succoth Viaduct. This is an embedded link to an image on the GetLostMountaineering.co.uk webpage. The viaduct carries what was the Callander & Oban Railway over Eas a Ghaill. [43]

The line runs almost due West from Succoth Viaduct at a distance from the River Lochy until it reaches Dalmally Railway Station.

Dalmally Railway Station as it appears on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1897, published in 1900. [44]
Dalmally Railway Station as it appears on the satellite imagery provided by RailMapOnline.com. [15]
Looking West through Dalmally Railway Station, this mage was shared by Donald Taggart on Google Maps, (c) Donald Taggart (March 2020)
A similar view of the station buildings at Dalmally from Platform No. 2, (c) Anna-Mária Palinčárová. (June 2017), shared by her on Google Maps.

This photograph was taken from the Road overbridge at the West end of Dalmally Railway Station site, (c) inett (November 2017) and shared on Google Maps.

the road overbridge at the West end of Dalmally Station site seen from the ned of Platform No. 1, (c) Marian Kalina (November 2017) and shared on Google Maps.

West of Dalmally the line ran on towards a viaduct which crossed the River Lochy at Drishaig. However, we need to note that the road layout in this immediate area is considerably different to what was present at the turn of the 20th century.

The Southeast approach to the viaduct over the River Orchy as it appears on the 1897 Ordnance Survey, published in 1900. [46]
The smae area as it appears on the 21st century RailMapOnline.om satellite imagery with two roads appearing where non were evident at the turn of the 20th century. [15]

Just a short distance to the West, the line crossed the River Orchy at the East end of Loch Awe.

Further West of Dalmally, the line bridged the River Orchy at Drishaig. The mineral Railway which branched off the Callander & Oban Railway at Drishaig served the Ben Chruachan Quarry which was high on the East flank of Ben Chruachan. [45]
The same location as it appears in satellite imagery in the 21st century. [15]
An aerial image of Lochawe Railway Bridge with the A85 bridge behind. This aerial image was shared on Google Maps in September 2022, (c) Kevin Newton. [Google Maps, November 2024]
Lochawe Railway Bridge seen from ground level. This image was shared on Google Mpas in April 2021, (c) Wojciech Suszko. [Google Maps, November 2024]

The Ben Cruachan Quarry Branch was standard-gauge and ran North from Drishaig. It is shown here as it appears on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1897, published in 1900. The line North from Drishaig appears on the map extract on the left. [47]

Ben Cruachan Quarry itself, shown on the next 6″ OS Map Sheet. The quarry was on the eastern slopes of Ben Cruachan. The full extent of the quarry’s internal railways is not shown. [48].

Ben Cruachan Quarry was multi-levelled and was accessed by the railway which zig-zagged to gain height. The RailScot website rells us that”The ground frame for this short Ben Cruachan Quarries Branch (Callander and Oban Railway) was released by a tablet from Loch Awe station for the section to Dalmally. The quarry had its own pair of 0-4-0ST locomotives.” [49]

Just a short distance Southwest of Drishaig was the Lochawe Hotel which had its own railway station alongside the Loch.

Lochawe Railway Station and Hotel in 1897 as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey sheet of that year. [50]
The same location as shown on the satellite imagery of RailMapOnline.com. [15]
A postcard view of Lochawe Railway Station and Hotel, (c) Public Do9main. [52]
Lochawe Railway Station in 2015. The removed second platform can be seen easily, (c) Tom Parnell and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [51]

The line ran across the North shore of Loch Awe to a Halt named for the Falls of Cruachan – Falls of Churachan Platform.

The Falls of Cruachan Platform as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1897. [50]
The same location in the 21st century. There is a significant hydro electric scheme at this location which has a visitor centre and its own Railway Station – Falls of Cruachan Railway Station. [15]

The line continues West/Northwest along the Northside of the River Awe. It crosses the river just North of The Bridge of Awe. Just prior to reaching the Viaduct the line bridged the minor road which served properties on the North side of the River Awe.

A matter of not much more than a couple of hundred metres to the West of the minor road, the line bridges the River Awe.

The Bridge of Awe with the Railway Viaduct just to the North, as they appear on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1897, published in 1900. [53]

The same location on RailMapOnline.com’s satellite imagery. [15]
An aerial image of the railway viaduct. [54]
The railway viaduct over the River Awe. Network Rail Undertook a £3.5m project to refurbish Awe viaduct in 2024/25. The viaduct is a three-span wrought iron viaduct, completed in 1879. During the 7-month project, engineers replaced the timber deck (which supports the track). They removed the old paint, carry out repairs to the metallic parts of the structure and repainted those parts of the structure to protect against rusting. [54]

Over the river, the line heads for Taynuilt.

The A85 runs directly alongside the line on the approach to Taynuilt. This photograph looks Northwest along the road/railway. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Taynuilt village and Railway Station as they appear on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1897. [53]
The same length of the line as it is shown on the RailMapOnline.com satellite imagery. [15]

On the way into Taynuilt the line crosses a minor road which serves the East end of the village. That road can be seen at the righthand side of the satellite image and the map extract above.

The next bridge spans the railway adjacent to Taynuilt Railway Station it carries the B845.

The view East from Taynuilt Railway Station to the bridge carrying the B845 over the line, (c) Robert Hamilton (October 2017). [Google maps, November 2024]
Taynuilt Railwaty Station forecourt. [Google Streetview, November 2021]

A little further to the West the railway passes under the A85 again.

Looking West along the A85 showing the parapets of the bridge over the Callander & Oban Railway. {Google Streetview, November 2021]

The line now drops down to the shores of Loch Etive and in due course arrives at Auch-na-Cloich.

In 1897, the station at Auch-na-Cloich bore the name ‘Ach-na-Cloich, as the 6″ OS map extract shows. It bore that name right through to closure on 1st November 1965. [55][56]
The remaining buildings at Ach-na-Cloich, seen from the public road adjacent to Loch Etive. [Google Streetview, April 2011]

The line continues to hug the shore of Loch Etive passing over the A85 a couple of local roads on its way to Connel Ferry Railway Station.

The next bridge over the A85,seen from the Northwest. [Google Streetview, November 2021]

The next image comes form Gairns’ article in The Railway Magazine and shows a train approaching Connel Ferry from the East.

This photograph shows the Pullman viewing car in use on the line alongside Loch Etive with the iconic Connel Ferry Bridge as a backdrop. [1: p16]
Connel Ferry Village and Railway Station in 1897. [57]
The same location as shown by RailMapOnline.com on their modern satellite imagery. The single blue line heading Southeast from the West end of the station site represents extensive wartime sidings – Achaleven Sidings which were installed in 1940 and lifted in 1948. This group of railway sidings were identified from vertical air photographs taken in 1947 (CPE/Scot/UK 247, frames 4028-4029, flown 31 July 1947), running for about 484m SE from the S boundary of the station. Only two sidings with rails in situ are visible on the air photographs. [15][59][60]
An aerial view of Connel Ferry Railway Station and signal box looking Southeast from above Connel Ferry Bridge. This is an extract from No. SAW039391, (c) Historic Scotland. [61]
The substantial stone-arched bridge visible on the extract from the Aerial image above carried the railway over Lusragan Burn. [Google Streetview, November 2021]
Connel Ferry Railway Station, looking West towards Oban, © G.F. Gairns, Public Domain. [1: p14]
Connel Ferry Railway Station looking East in the 1950s. [58]

In its heyday when it served a branch to Ballachulish, Connel Ferry Railway Station had three platforms, a goods yard and a turntable. Later this was reduced to just the single platform, after the branch closed in 1966, [64] as it remains today. [63][65]

As we have already noted, the journey along the branch can be followed by reading articles elsewhere on this blog. We will continue our journey with Gairns along the main line to Oban. ….

Gairns continues

At Connel Ferry, junction for the Ballachulish line, there is a wide island platform serving the up and down main lines, and a single platform on the up side designed for branch trains, though generally these use the main platform to facilitate passenger and luggage transfer. The station has sidings and [a] goods yard. Its height above the village entails high viaducts both on the Oban line and on the approach to the famous Connel Ferry bridge, crossed by Ballachulish trains. Fine views are had of the bridge from the Oban line as it pursues its course high up on the hillside until it cuts inland to attain the summit of Glencruitten. This is at the top of the 3-mile incline at 1 in 50 by which the line zig-zags down to reach the shore at Oban, giving views now over Oban and the landward hills above it, and then, with final sweep round, over the Kerrera Sound and Kerrera Island, to the mountains of Mull and the Firth of Lorne.

Before reaching the terminus a stop is usually made at Oban ticket platform, adjacent to the goods yard and engine shed. Oban station has picturesque build ings surmounted by a clock tower, and the circulating area is adorned with hanging flower baskets. Refreshment and dining rooms are provided. The three main platforms are partly covered by a glazed all-over roof, though their outer curved portions are open. Alongside are two open arrival platforms permitting cabs, &c., to come directly alongside the trains, The station is immediately alongside the steamer pier and harbour premises, the location being peculiarly convenient to the principal hotels, the sea front, and the Corran Esplanade.

Oban – ‘a little bay’ – so widely favoured as a holiday resort, as a boating and yachting centre, and as headquarters for touring the Highlands and the Hebrides in all directions, has been described as the ‘Charing Cross of the Highlands’. Whether readers will agree with this as a happy choice or not, it certainly justifies it as a great steamer traffic and touring centre. Messrs. David MacBrayne, Ltd., operate steamers between Oban, the Sound of Mull and Tobermory to Castlebay and Lochboisdale (‘Inner Island Service’), Ardrishaig via the Crinan Canal, to Staffa and Iona, to Ballachulish, Kentallen and Fort William, and thence via the Caledonian Canal to Inverness, besides many local trips and excursions.” [1: p13-15]

Connel Ferry is the last station before Oban. The railway line runs behind (South of) Connel and then turns away from the coast and the A85.

The line Southwest of Connel Ferry Railway Station, as shown on railmaponline.com’s satellite imagery. [15]
This extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1897, published in 1900 shows the next bridge on the line where a local road passes under the railway. [66]
A similar area in the 21st century. [Google Maps, December 2024]
The bridge shown on the Ordnance Survey extract and on the modern satellite image from Googlee Maps.  This view looks Northwest along the lane under the bridge from the Southeast. [Google Streetview, November 2021]
Looking Southeast along the lane this time. Google Streetview, November 2021]
The next length of the line as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1897, published in 1900. [66]

Trains encounter a number of accommodation bridges/underpasses which allow field access under the line of the railway. The one shown below, at the highest magnification possible from the public highway, is typical of one type of culvert.

Just a short distance Southwest is another underpass, this time of stone arch construction.

The next length of the line as shown on railmaponline.com’s satellite imagery. [15]

Another few hundred metres to the Southwest a further underpass is a girder bridge.

The next underpass is a stone arched structure.

These two locations appear on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1897. …

The next length of the railway as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1897, published 1900. [67]
These two extracts (this and the one above) from the 6″ Ordnance Survey take us as far along the railway as the last railmaponline.com satellite image above. [68]
The next loength of the line as it appears on railmaponline.com’s satellite imagery. The outskirts of Oban can be seem on the left of the image. [15]
Two extracts from the 6″ Ordnance Survey take us almost as far at the length of line on the railmaponline.com satellite imagery above. [68]
This third extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey completes the length covered by the railmaponline.com satellite image above and covers the length on the right on the satellite image below. [69]
The final length of the line into Oban as shown by railmaponline.com. [15]
This extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1898 covers the length of the line on the bottom half of the satellite image above. [69]
Looking South out of Oban along the A816, Soroba Road, The railway crosses the road on a simply supported girder bridge. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
This extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1898 shows the final length of the line and the two stations (passenger and goods) which existed at the turn of the 20th century. [69]
The same area as it appears on Google Maps in the 21st century. Glenshellach Terrace marks the north side of what was the Goods Station. [Google Maps, December 2024]

Running into Oban the line is crossed by three road bridges:

The first of these is a stone-arch bridge which carries Lochavullin Road. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The second was the stone-arch bridge which carried Glenshellach Terrace on which the photographer is standing. The third is Albany Street bridge which can be seen in the middle distance in this photograph. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Looking back South from Albany Street bridge towards Glenshallach Terrace bridge. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The Station Throat, Oban, © G.F. Gairns, Public Domain. [1: p14]
The view from Albany Street bridge into Oban Station. The bridge sits over the station throat. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Oban Railway Station Building. [1: p10]
Oban Railway Station passenger facilities in the mid-20th century (c) Public Domain. [70]
Oban Railway Station building in the21st century. [Google Streetview, April 2011]
Oban Railway Station showing the railside of the terminus and platforms, © G.F. Gairns, Public Domain. [1: p14]

For the sake of completeness, we note that Gairns’ narrative returns to Connel Ferry for commentary on the Ballachulish Branch.

Commencing at Connel Ferry station, the branch train reaches the famous bridge by a viaduct approach over the village of Connel Ferry. The Connel Ferry bridge, claimed to be the Forth Bridge’s ‘biggest British rival’, was opened for traffic on 21st August 1903. The bridge, which is of cantilever type (hence the analogy suggested with the Forth Bridge), has a length of 524 ft. between the two piers, the clear span being 500 ft., and the headway above high-water level, 50 ft. Extreme height from high water to the topmost point of the bridge is 125 ft., while the middle span, carried by the two cantilever spans, has a length of 232 ft. This bridge not only enabled a district hitherto most inconveniently situated in regard to rail traffic to be placed in communication with the Callander and Oban Railway at Connel Ferry, but provided a means of crossing Loch Etive, where previously a very lengthy detour had to be made to get from one side to the other, the only alternative being a very uncertain ferry service,

The difficulty having been solved from the railway point of view, there still remained the problem of providing for the transit of motor-cars and other road vehicles across the Loch, and for several years after the opening of the bridge the Caledonian Railway Company conveyed private motor-cars across the bridge by placing them on flat trucks and hauling them, passengers included, by road motor vehicles adapted to run on rails across the bridge.

This … was continued for a considerable time, but, several years ago, the Caledonian Railway Company adopted the alternative method of adapting the bridge also for the passage of motor vehicles, cycles, etc., under their own power. There is not, however, sufficient room for a roadway clear of the railway track, so that it is necessary to restrict the passage of road vehicles to periods when no train is signalled. At each end of the bridge, therefore gates under the control of the bridge keeper, are provided to close the bridge to road traffic when a train is due, and the tablet instruments are controlled by electric circuits in connection with the road gates, to ensure that unless the gates are properly closed, a tablet cannot be used. The roadway over the bridge comes close up to the rails, there being just sufficient room for a vehicle to pass between the rails and the side of bridge, and the bridgekeeper has to see that vehicles from both directions are not allowed on the bridge at the same time. These facilities apply only to private motor-cars and horse-drawn vehicles, and not trade vehicles, of either class. Cyclists and pedestrians also use the bridge. In each case the crossing of the bridge is subject to toll, the men in charge at the Connel Ferry and Benderloch ends acting as toll-keepers. … In August [1922], the bridge was used by 6,009 foot passengers, by 852 motor-cars, and by 290 cycles. [1: p15-16]

Gairns continues:

Passing North Connel halt, at the North end of the bridge, the line follows the shore to Benderloch station. At Barcaldine Crossing a platform is provided, where trains call as required. So far, the country traversed has been ‘comparatively’ flat and uninteresting, but as it crosses a peninsula to reach the shores of Loch Creran, mountain vistas again open up. Short of Creagan station the line crosses the Narrows to the Loch by a two-span girder bridge with approach viaducts, fine views being had on both sides.

Again crossing a peninsula. Appin is reached, and for the remainder of the journey the line follows closely the shores of Loch Linnhe. As it curves round after leaving Appin station, a good view is had of the ruins of Castle Stalker. Alongside the Loch splendid views are had, and Duror and Kentallen stations are sufficiently picturesque to harmonise with the general character of the scenery. At Ballachulish Ferry station tickets are collected, and the line then curves round to follow the shores of Loch Leven to the terminus at Ballachulish. This is a neat two-platformed station, with dining and refreshment rooms, and the district is impressively mountainous. A short distance from the station is a small harbour, whence a David MacBrayne steamer used to ply three times daily to and from the Kinlochleven wharf of the British Aluminium Company, for goods, passenger and mail traffic. This steamer service has now been withdrawn, a road having been built by German prisoners during the [First World War] and opened for traffic at the end of [1922].” [1: p16]

The Branch terminus at Ballachulish, © G.F. Gairns, Public Domain. [1: p14]

As noted close to the start of this article, the Ballachulish Branch has been covered extensively in an earlier series of articles which can be found here, [2] here, [3] here, [4] and here. [5]

Gairns goes on to reflect on the use of the Callander and Oban line. He says that its use is “complicated by the fact that its gradients are systematically so severe.” [1: p16] Indeed 1 in 50 gradients occurred:

several times for considerable distances, curves are numerous, and in several places reduced speed is necessary owing to the danger of tumbling rocks, notably alongside Loch Lubnaig in Glen Ogle and the Pass of Brander, and automatic alarm wires are erected on some stretches, a fall of rock encountering them causing warnings to be given in adjacent signal cabins and watchmen’s huts, and putting the special signals to danger. On the steep grades both goods and passenger trains are operated under special restrictions, stops being made at the summits and brakes tested, or, on goods trains, a proportion pinned down before descending. Mountain mists and fogs, occasional torrential rainstorms or cloudbursts and other ‘episodes’ peculiar to mountain lines, also complicate the working at times. But even in winter there is a steady traffic in meeting the transport needs of the wide areas rendered accessible by this line, of the various townships and villages (many are centres for other places within a considerable radius), country houses, castles and large estates, and in carrying mails, supplying coal and, in due season, conveying cattle and other live stock.

The winter train services are, naturally, much reduced as compared with those of the summer, but even the winter service provides four through trains each way daily, a local each way between Oban and Dalmally, and several additional trains between Callander and Glasgow. Sleeping cars and through carriages are provided between Euston and Oban in winter on Fridays only from London, returning on Mondays. The down vehicles are conveyed on the 8.25 a.m. from Stirling, due in Oban at 12.15 p.m. It is also possible to reach Oban at 4.45 p.m. from London by the 11 p.m. from Euston the night before, and by the 5 a.m. from Euston at 9.50 p.m., the same night, though not, of course, with through carriages.” [1: p16-17]

Gairns goes on to cover train movements on the line in some detail. While the copious detail he provided need not detain us here, it is worth noting the care with which connections to the various railway branches, steamer and motor-coach services associated with the main line were arranged. There were also a significant number of excursions and tours to suit passenger’s differing budgets.

Gairns’ final paragraph concentrated on the motive power in use on the line in the early 1920s and is worth recording here:

The locomotives generally employed are the well-known ‘Oban’ 4-6-0s, with 5-ft. coupled wheels, together with Mr. Pickersgill’s new ‘Oban’ class recently introduced, though odd trips are taken by 0-6-0 goods engines, which also render assistance on the steep grades. On the Killin branch and the Ballachulish extension 0-4-4 tank engines of the 4 ft. 6 in. class are used. Between Dunblane and Callander main line 4-4-0 locomotives from Glasgow or Stirling and 0-6-0 goods engines are used, as well as the Oban 4-6-0s on the through trains, a change being sometimes made at Callander. The Callander and Oban line and the Ballachulish extension are controlled by electric train tablet apparatus. Ordinary train staff is used on the Killin branch.” [1: p18]

References

  1. G.F. Gairns; The Callandar and Oban Railway; in The Railway Magazine, London, July 1923, p10-17
  2. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/01/01/the-ballachulish-railway-line-part-1
  3. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/01/02/the-ballachulish-railway-line-part-2
  4. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/01/05/the-ballachulish-railway-line-part-3
  5. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2024/07/16/the-caledonian-railway-rail-motor-car
  6. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.9&lat=56.24212&lon=-4.20521&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 2nd November 2024.
  7. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75656127, accessed on 2nd November 2024.
  8. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Callander_railway_station, accessed on 2nd November 2024.
  9. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75656013, accessed on 3rd November 2024.
  10. https://www.flickr.com/photos/david_christie/5764782485, accessed on 3rd November 2023.
  11. https://canmore.org.uk/collection/682143, accessed on 3rd November 2024.
  12. https://www.facebook.com/callanderheritage/photos/callander-railway-station-looking-west-no-date-around-1940s/760225246144844, accessed on 3rd November 2024.
  13. https://maps.nls.uk/view/82899621, accessed on 3rd November 2024.
  14. https://www.facebook.com/reel/655973169967306, accessed on 4th November 2024.
  15. https://railmaponline.com/UKIEMap.php, accessed on 4th November 2024.
  16. https://i.rcahms.gov.uk/canmore/l/SC00682139.jpg, accessed on 4th November 2024.
  17. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75655998, accessed on 4th November 2024.
  18. https://www.flickr.com/photos/96915808@N03/53340427048, accessed on 4th November 2024.
  19. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75655856, accessed on 4th November 2024.
  20. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6564414, accessed on 4th November 2024.
  21. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75655850, accessed on 4th November 2024.
  22. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75655673, accessed on 4th November 2024.
  23. https://maps.nls.uk/view/82899030, accessed on 4th November 2024.
  24. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=56.36156&lon=-4.30648&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=0, accessed on 4th November 2024.
  25. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Balquhidder_railway_station, accessed on 4th November 2024.
  26. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1749724, accessed on 4th November 2024.
  27. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75655499, accessed on 4th November 2024.
  28. https://railwaycottagekillin.co.uk/history, accessed on 4th November 2024.
  29. https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q116203468#/media/File:Glendhu_Viaduct.jpg, accessed on 6th November 2024.
  30. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75655490, accessed on 6th November 2024.
  31. https://www.flickr.com/photos/irishswissernie/36542360150, accessed on 6th November 2024.
  32. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=980038522183226&set=pcb.800198413666581, accessed on 6th November 2024.
  33. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=978725508981194&set=pcb.799156517104104, accessed on 6th November 2024.
  34. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=978725332314545&set=pcb.799156517104104, accessed on 6th November 2024.
  35. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75655487, accessed on 6th November 2024.
  36. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75655649, accessed on 6th November 2024.
  37. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Crianlarich_Lower_railway_station, accessed on 6th November 2024.
  38. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=10160616125076909&set=gm.28307289845525004&idorvanity=1730959503584733, accessed on 6th November 2024.
  39. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75655466, accessed on 6th November 2024.
  40. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tyndrum_Lower_railway_station, accessed on 6th November 2024.
  41. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=56.42498&lon=-4.83030&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  42. https://www.railscot.co.uk/locations/G/Glenlochy_Crossing, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  43. https://getlostmountaineering.co.uk/walks.php?id=1253, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  44. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.6&lat=56.40080&lon=-4.98135&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  45. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.6&lat=56.40862&lon=-5.02492&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  46. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.6&lat=56.40455&lon=-5.01399&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  47. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75483093, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  48. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75483090, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  49. https://www.railscot.co.uk/locations/B/Ben_Cruachan_Quarry, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  50. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75483096, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  51. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Loch_Awe_Railway_Station_(22837896929).jpg, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  52. https://www.forgottengreens.com/forgotten-greens/argyllshire-acharacle/loch-awe-dalmally, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  53. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75483078, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  54. https://www.networkrailmediacentre.co.uk/news/awe-inspiring-works-taking-place-to-restore-200-year-old-viaduct-in-the-highlands, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  55. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75482830, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  56. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ach-na-Cloich_railway_station, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  57. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75482821, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  58. https://www.ebay.co.uk/itm/204060151459, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  59. https://www.railscot.co.uk/locations/A/Achaleven_Sidings, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  60. https://canmore.org.uk/site/299480/connel-ferry-station-sidings, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  61. https://www.britainfromabove.org.uk/image/SAW039391, accessed on 7th November 2024.
  62. John Thomas; The Callander &Oban Railway: The History of the Railways of the Scottish Highlands – Vol. 4; David St. John Thomas Publisher, Nairn, Scotland, 1966, 1990 and 1991.
  63. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Connel_Ferry_railway_station, accessed on 1st December 2024.
  64. https://www.undiscoveredscotland.co.uk/connel/connel/index.html, accessed on 1st December 2024.
  65. https://www.scottish-places.info/features/featurefirst91901.html, accessed on 1st December 2024.
  66. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75482821, accessed on 21st December 2024.
  67. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75483058, accessed on 22nd December 2024.
  68. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75483043, accessed on 22nd December 2024.
  69. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75483055, accessed on 22nd December 2024.
  70. https://thisisoban.com/24-incredible-images-of-the-old-oban-railway-station, accessed on 22nd December 2024.

Genoa – Casella Narrow Gauge Railway Part 2 – Sardorella to Casella

This article covers the northern half of the line and has a quick look at the motive power and rolling-stock used.

Another article covers the history of the Line and the southern half of its route. It can be found here. [18]

This article covers the length of the line from Sardorella to Casella. [1]
A topographical map of the route. [1]
Perhaps a little clearer than the topographical map. [2]

We restart our journey from Genoa to Casella at Sardorella Halt. …

Sardorella Halt. [Google Maps, November 2024]
Sardorella Halt seen from a Genoa-bound train, © Al*from*Lig and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [3]
From Sardorella, the line drops South for a short distance before turning to the East. [Google Maps, November 2024]
It then heads Northeast towards Ponte Sul Sardorella. [Google Maps, November 2024]
At Ponte Sul Sardorella the line turns sharply round through 180° to run West. [Google Maps, November 2024]
The Ponte sul Sardorella (the bridge over the River Sardorella), authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [4]
The line continues to the West beneath the village of Vicomorasso, before turning North into Vicomorasso Railway Station. [Google Maps, November 2024]

Vicomorasso Railway Station is a more substantial site than those already encountered since leaving Genoa.

Vicomorasso Railway Station, © Jeremy Segrott and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY 2.0). [5]
Vicomorasso Railway Station, © AlfromLig and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [6]
Vicomorasso Railway Station, © AlfromLig and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [6]
An aerial view from the East across the village to Vicomorasso Railway Station. [Google Earth 3D, November 2024]
a1-1990vicomorasso
This image is embedded from Flickr and shows an A1 Class (ex FEVF) electric locomotive at Vicomorasso in 1990, © prazene, August 2010. [7]
A.2 in manovra a Vicomorasso.
This image is embedded from Flickr and shows an A2 Class electric locomotive of 1929, about to resume its journey towards Casella after a stop in Vicomorasso, © Andrea Catzeddu, June 2024. [11]
An aerial view from the Southwest of Vicomorasso Railway Station. [Google Earth, November 2024]
An aerial view of the railway immediately to the North of Vicomorasso Station. After a short length travelling North the line turns West, crossing Via Vicomorasso at level. [Google Earth 3D, November 2024]
Looking back towards Vicomorasso Railway Station from the junction of the Via Sant’Olcese (SP2) and Via Vicomorasso. [Google Streetview, December 2020]
Looking ahead from the junction of the SP2 and Via Vicomorasso, the line can be seen entering another tunnel. [Google Streetview, December 2020]
The tunnel at Vicomorasso. [Google Maps, November 2024]
The railway turns North and runs alongside the SP2 at a higher level than the road. [Google Maps, November 2024]
A tight S-bend takes the railway along the contours above the SP2 and to Sant’Olcese (Chiesa) Halt. [Google Maps, November 2024]
Sant’Olcese Halt. [Google Maps, November 2024]
Sant’Olcese Halt looking North. [9]
Looking Northeast this aerial view across Sant’Olcese (Chiesa) Halt shows the railway disappearing into a tunnel just to the Northeast of the Halt. [Google Earth 3D, November 2024]
The tunnel under Via A. de Gasperi in Sant’Olcese. The East portal of this tunnel is hidden by the tree canopy. [Google Maps, November 2024]

The railway is on three different levels on the hillside at Sant’Olcese. The first accommodates the Chiesa Halt, the tunnel above opens out onto the second level. The third level hosts the Tullo Halt.

Loco B52 in charge of a train heading towards Genova with the village of Sant’Olcese in the background. Something of the track arrangement here is visible. Another section of the line runs at a higher level off to the right of this image and runs into Sant’Olcese Tullo Halt, © Alberto Perego and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [30]
Both the lower level (adjacent to the SP2) and the middle level of track (which includes the tunnel marked by the red dots) can be seen in this satellite image. The North portal of this tunnel is hidden by the tree canopy. The South Portal is shown below. [Google Maps, November 2024]
The South Portal of the tunnel shown on the satellite image above. [Google Earth, November 2024]
Leaving the tunnel the line runs South for a short distance before swinging round through close to 270° before entering another tunnel and then heading North. [Google Maps, November 2024]
The East portal of the tunnel on the above satellite image is shrouded in the shadow of the adjacent tree. [Google Earth, November 2024]
The Northwest portal is a little clearer. [Google Earth, November 2024]
The line turns West again, crosses the SP2 by means of a level crossing and enters Sant’Olcese Tullo Halt which offers a loop for trains to pass. [Google Maps, November 2024]
Looking back East along the line from the level crossing on Via A. De Gasperi (SP2). [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Looking ahead into Sant’Olcese Tullo Halt from the level crossing on Via A. De Gasperi (SP2). [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Sant’Olcese Tullo Halt. [Google Maps, November 2024]
Sant’Olcese Tullo Halt. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Sant’Olcese Tullo Halt, looking back towards Genoa, © Eugenio Merzagora. [13 – Structurae.net]
Sant’Olcese Tullo Halt, © Andrea Martinelli and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [12]
Leaving Sant’Olcese the line winds northwards following the contours, first alongside Via Rino and then switching over to the North side of Via Busalletta. [Google Maps, November 2024]
The railway alongside Via Ronco. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The railway alongside Via Ronco. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The line runs alongside Via Busalletta at a lower level before rising to cross the road at a level crossing. The route of the line is obscured by the Google Maps superimposed line of the SP2. [Google Maps, November 2024]
The railway on the North side of Via Busalletta. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The railway crosses Via Busalletta at a level crossing. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The same crossing from above. [Google Earth, November 2024]
Looking back along the line towards Sant’Olcese from the level crossing on Via Busalletta. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Looking forward from the level crossing towards Busalletta. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Via Busalletta runs beside the railway towards Busalletta Halt. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Looking back from Via Brigata Balilla at the South end of Busalletta Halt towards Sant’Olcese. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Looking forward from Via Brigata Balilla at the South end of Busalletta Halt. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
A closer view of Busalletta Halt. [Google Maps, November 2024]
A wide angle view of Busalletta Halt from the South. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Busalletta Halt from the South. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Busalletta Halt from the South. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Busalletta Halt from the Northwest. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Busalletta Halt, © Al*from*Lig and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [14]
Busalletta Halt © Giorgio Stagni and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [14]
Busalletta Halt, © Giorgio Stagni and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [14]
Busalletta Halt, © Giorgio Stagni and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [14]
Busalletta to Molinetti Halt. [Google Maps, November 2024]
To the North of Busalletta Halt, the line runs on the East side of Via Molinetti. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Further along the line towards Molinetti. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
And again, further still towards Molinetti Halt. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Much closer now to Molinetti Halt. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Heading North still and closing in on Molinetti Halt. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Molinetti Halt seen from the South on Via Molinetti (SP2). [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Molinetti Halt. [Google Earth, November 2024]
Molinetti Halt to Niusci Halt. The line is further from the SP2 and at a higher level. [Google Maps, November 2024]
Niusci Halt seen from the East. [Google Earth, November 2024]
Niusci to Crocetta D’orero. Google Maps, November 2024]
West and North of Niusci Halt, the SP2 and the railway run in parallel. Initially the railway is too far from the road to be seen. Later the two run immediately adjacent to each other. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The line crosses the road on the level. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Looking back towards Niusci from the level crossing. [Google Streetview, January 2021]
Looking ahead towards Liggia Halt. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Beyond the crossing, the SP2 begins to rise above the railway. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Liggia Halt. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Liggia Halt, looking North. [Google Earth, November 2024]
Crocetta D’orero Halt seen from the SP2 to the South of the Halt. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Crocetta D’orero Halt seen from the South. [Google Earth, November 2024]
North of the Halt, the line tunnels under Crocetta D’orero village. The southern tunnel.mouth is towards the bottom of this image. [Google Earth, November 2024]
A better view of the tunnel entrance can be seen in this picture. [Google Earth 3D, November 2024]
The tunnel at Crocetta D’orero.[Google Earth, November 2024]
The North tunnel mouth in shadow. [Google Earth 3D, November 2024]
Canova Crocetta Halt sits immediately to the North of the tunnel under the village. [Google Maps, November 2024]
Canova Crocetta Halt. [Google Earth, November 2024]
Canova Crocetta Halt, seen from the South on the SP3. [Google Streetview, 2011]
North of Canova Crocetta Halt, the line headed North-northeast above Via Pianogrande. [Google Maps, November 2024]
The line continues into Casella Depositi Halt. [Google Maps, November 2024]
As the line curved into Casella Deposito it crossed this stone arched viaduct. The image is of quite poor quality. [Google Earth 3D, November 2024]
Casella Deposito and Halt. [Google Maps, November 2024]
An early view of the first station at Casella, now known as Casella Deposito. Steam was employed during construction. This view looks Northeast across the site of the station and across the River Scrivia. © Public Domain. [16]
Casella Station, now Casella Deposito, on the South bank of the River Scrivia. The town of Casella is on the North bank.  The bridge over the Scrivia is in the right background, © Public Domain. [8]
The final run into Casella requires trains to reverse at Casella Deposito Halt. The line curved round to the North, crossed the River Scrivia (Flume Scrivia) on a bridge shared with the SP3. [Google Maps, November 2024]
Looking East through the site of Casella Deposito. [Google Earth 3D, November 2024]
Looking West through the site of Casella Deposito. [Google Earth 3D, November 2024]
The line from Casella Deposito curves round towards Casella Paese. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The curve from Casella Deposito to the bridge over the River Scrivia seen from the Southeast. [Google Earth 3D, November 2024]

A photograph of a later elettromotrice travelling on this curve can be found here. [17] In the linked image, unit A12 is shown on the curve from Casella Deposito to the Vittorio Veneto bridge (over the River Scrivia). It was shared by Gian-Paolo Codebo on the Sei de Casella se… Facebook Group on 7th May 2020.

The Vittorio Veneto bridge over the Flume Scrivia. [Google Earth 3D, November 2024]
The construction of the bridge over the River Scrivia at Casella © Public Domain. [15]
Looking North across the Ponte Vittorio Veneto. The railway runs along the East side of Via Ponte Vittorio Veneto over the bridge. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Approaching the roundabout at the North end of the bridge. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The railway crosses the SP226 immediately adjacent to the roundabout and then runs down the East side of Viale Europa. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
Looking back South over Ponte Vittorio Veneto. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The railway heads Into the centre of Casella on the East side of Viale Europa. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The line remains on the East side of Viale Europa right through to its terminus. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The station throat, Casella Paese. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The terminus at Casella Paese. [Google Earth 3D, November 2024]
The end of the line: Casella Paese Station seen from Via Aldo Moro to the North of the buffers. [Google Streetview, May 2022]

Locomotives and Rolling Stock

During Construction steam power was employed by the contractor and there are images around which show at least one excursion event that was steam hauled prior to the Line’s formal opening.

Two pictures can be found on the first article in this series, here. [18]

In that first article, we noted that the electric supply was originally 2400V DC. “The first electric locomotives were supplied by Breda, numbered 1 to 3. They were 360 horsepower Bo-Bo locomotives with an innovative Breda-Somarini energy recovery system, unique in Italy. In addition to the motive power, 4 third-class carriages (Nos. 50-53); 3 mixed first-third class carriages (Nos. 20-22) and 16 freight wagons of various types were delivered in 1926, well before the railway opened.” [1]

Unless noted otherwise, the paragraphs below are translated/paraphrased/amended from the Italian Wikipedia page about the Genoa (Genova) to Casella Railway. [21]

Locomotives

At the commencement of the service on the railway, the three locomotives mentioned above were supplied by Breda and numbered 1 to 3. [21]

The first electric train to arrive at Casella (now Casella Deposito). This image has already appeared in this article. It shows one of the first three locomotives supplied by Breda at the head of the train, © Public Domain. [21]
At the same location one of the three elettromotrices runs round its train of three coaches, © Public Domain. [21]

On 23rd August 1937, two of the locomotives were destroyed in an accident near Vicomorasso in which five people lost their lives. [22: p67] 

This accident meant that replacement locomotives were required. Three electric locomotives were purchased from the Società Veneta. They had been built by MAN in 1913 for the Montebelluna – Asolo and Montebelluna – Valdobbiadene tramways in Veneto which closed in 1931. [21]

One of the locomotives mentioned in the paragraph above at Stazione di Caerano sometime between 1913 and 1931 in Montebelluna, at  [23]

These locomotives entered service in 1939, initially maintaining the original numbering (053, renumbered 055 in 1943, 054 and 056), after conversion of the original power supply system from 975 V DC to 2400 V DC.” [1]

Locomotive 28 and 29 were built in 1924 for the Adriatic-Appennino Railway. The electrical equipment was supplied by TIBB of Vado Ligure; the body and bogies were made by Carminati & Toselli of Milan. Originally, they were part of a 1922 order for 14 locomotives of 950 mm gauge for the Sangritana Railway. Two (Nos. 28 and 29) were sold to Ferrovia Genova Casella (FGC) – No. 28 in 1956 and No. 29 in 1960. [22: p98 & 184] Conversion was necessary as the locomotives required a gauge change and modification from freight/baggage locomotives to passenger locomotives.

Locomotive No. 29 can be seen here. [24]

The two locomotives entered service in 1962. No. 29 is currently the oldest electric locomotive still in operation in Italy and is used in composition with three carriages (C22-C103-C104) as a historic train used on charters. No. 28 was placed in storage in 1975 and finally decommissioned and dismantled in 1998. [21][22: p184]

Electtromortices A1, A2 and A3 were built in 1929 for the Ferrovia della Val di Fiemme (Ora – Predazzo), similarly by TIBB and Carminati & Toselli. These were transferred on the closure of the Ora – Predazzo line in 1963 to the Ferrovie Genoa Casella. [21][1]

Elettromotrice A1 while employed by Ferrovia della Val di Fiemme (Ora – Predazzo) at Ora depot. [25]

A1 was painted blue/cream in 2011 with AMT logos. It was used for ordinary trains until 2019 and in 2022 it was set aside awaiting significant maintenance. [21]

A2 was reconditioned and returned to its 1929 condition. It re-entered service in June 2018.  In that December it was involved in an accident but emerged with little damage. In September 2019, further restoration work was completed and from February 2020 it was undertaking a regular historic train service, usually being timetabled for Saturday running. [21][26]

Elettromotrice A2, © Ale Sasso, June 2006. [20]
Elettromotrice A3 in charge of a Genoa-bound train at Ponte Rovena. [27]

A3 was built by Gleismac/EAA, after having suffered serious damage in an accident at Sardorella in 1974. It returned to service in 1983. It remained in service until 1999. After it was withdrawn, it doesn’t 12 years in storage before ultimately being dismantled in 2011. [21]

Elettromotrices, A1, A2 and A3 were part of a batch of about thirty electric locomotives which were built by Carminati and Toselli of Milan. Twenty-three of these were very similar to each other. being produced between 1924 and 1940. Three of this batch of locos (A1-A3) were deployed on the Ora-Predazzo line and on its closure came to the FGC. [21]

In addition, two 420 horsepower locomotives (max. speed 45 km/hr), B51 and B52 with Bo-Bo running gear were also transferred to the FGC in the early 1960s. [1]

Locomotive B52 at Niusci in the 1960s. The bogies of B51 and B52 were reused on the A8 and A9 elettromortrices of 1993, still in service. Locomotive B51 was restored/rebuilt and is preserved as a historic vehicle on the Trento-Malè Railway. That railway purchased it in 2008 and in 2009 the restored loco was in use pulling a single carriage on the Trento-Malè Railway, © Alberto Perego and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [30]

Also from Val di Fiemme came six bogie-carriages, two longer coaches numbered C101 and C102 and four of shorter carriages, numbered from C103 to C106. [1]

Elettromotrices A4-A7 were built in 1957 on the chassis and bogies of locos built by TIBB/Carminati & Toselli in 1926 for the Spoleto-Norcia railway. That reconstruction was undertaken by Casaralta-TIBB. It saw the application of new electrical equipment and the adoption of a new rounded body, typical of the mid-20th century. These elettromotrices transferred to Genoa in 1970 with the closure of Spoleto-Norcia line. They entered regular service, re-numbered A4-A7, between 1971 and 1973 after gauge-conversion from 950mm to metre-gauge. [21]

This monochrome image shows A4 climbing into Sant’Olcese Tullo Halt, © Georgio Stagni and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [28]
This image shows A4 in a later colour scheme at Torrazza, © Georgio Stagni and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [28]
A5 crossing Ponte Vittorio Veneto in the days prior to the railway being moved to the side of the road. In early days the railway ran along the road into Casella, © Georgio Stagni and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [28]
A5 leaving Casella and approaching Ponte Vittorio Veneto in a later guise, still in the days prior to the railway being moved to the side of the road, © Georgio Stagni and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [28]

Units A6 and A7 were visually the same as units A4 and A5.

Elettromotrice A6 at work on the line before it was set aside. [10]

Units A4 and A7 were scrapped (in 2014 and 2016 respectively), while A5 was restored to running order in February 2010, with the installation of fully electronic speed measuring devices and a dead man’s device, the application of a cream/blue anti-graffiti film and new AMT logos. It was taken away for restoration in 2022, and finally A6 has been shelved for over 10 years awaiting restoration. [21][22: p191]

Electric locomotives A8-A10 were built in 1993 by Firema-Officine di Cittadella at the request of Ferrovia Genova-Casella, they have identical bodies to the decommissioned A3. However, A8 uses the TIBB bogies from B51, the A9 those from B52 and the A10 those from A3. This last unit also has a body slightly different from the others due to the lower window line. [21]

This image shows A8 (on the left) and A12 (on the right) at Genova Manin Railway Station, © Al*from*Lig and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [21]
A9 in the snow at Crocetta, © Georgio Stagni and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [29]
We have seen this image before. Its value here is to allow Elettromotrice A10 on the right, to be compared to Elettromotrice A5 on the left, © Andrea Martinelli and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [1]

Elettromotrices A11-A12 were built in 1998 by FiReMa-Officine di Cittadella at the request of Ferrovia Genova-Casella. They have a body identical to the A10. A11 underwent a restyling in 2011 with the application of cream/blue anti-graffiti film and new AMT logos and is currently used in regular service. A12 is also back in service after an extraordinary overhaul of the bogies. [21][22: p198]

Elettromotrice A11 at Sant’Olcese Tullo, © Andrea Martinelli and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [31]

A12 can be seen on Flickr here. [32]

Locomotive D1 was built in 1964 on behalf of the German railways by the manufacturer Gmeinder & Co. by adapting the MaK V100 standard-gauge locomotive to metre gauge, it was numbered V52 902 (later 252 902) and used on the 28 km long Mosbach-Mudau metre-gauge line. When it’s service on that line came to an end (2nd June 1973), it was first converted to standard-gauge by Gmeinder and used by Sudwestdeutsche Eisenbahngesellschaft (SWEG) which put it to work on the Breisach-Endingen-Riegel line (numbered VL46-01). In 1986, it was sold to the Gleismac company which converted it to metre-gauge and then sold it to the FGC. It was used to haul construction and passenger trains during the renovation of the overhead line. It was then set aside at Casella Deposito for over 10 years until in 2008 it was sent to Monopoli where it was rebuilt by 2014 and it returned to service on the line in November 2015. [33][34]

Locomotive D1 responsible for a single coach. [9]
And here with two coaches. [9]
And here, escaping from a tunnel portal. [19]

Other Rolling Stock

We have already picked up some snippets of information about coaching stock and wagons. …

When the line opened there were “4 third-class carriages (Nos. 50-53); 3 mixed first-third class (Nos. 20-22) and 16 freight wagons of various types (delivered in 1926, well before the railway opened).” [1]

We also noted that, along with the B51 and B52 locos “from Val di Fiemme came six bogie-carriages, two longer coaches numbered C101 and C102 and four of shorter carriages, numbered from C103 to C106.” [1]

The following information is gleaned from H Rohrer’s detailed website about Italian railways. That website can be found here. [35]

Coaches C20-C22 were built by Breda and supplied in 1926, of which C22 was renovated by FGC in 1960 and C21 was renovated by Gleismac in 1979-1980. An image of Coach 22 can be found here. [36]

Coaches C50-C53 were built by Breda and supplied in 1926. An image of Coach C50 can be found here. [37] An image of refurbished Coach C53 can be seen here. [38]

Coaches C101-C102 were long-wheelbase bogie coaches, built by Carminati Toselli and supplied in 1929. These were later renovated by Gleismac between 1980 and 1983. An image of Coach 101 in original condition can be found here. [39] The renovated Coach 101 can be seen here. [40]

Coaches C103-C106 were short-wheelbase bogie coaches built by Conti (?) and supplied in 1929 (?). Of these C105 and C106 were later renovated by Gleismac between 1980 and 1983. The original Coach 104 can be seen here. [41] A refurbished Coach C106 can be seen here. [42]

Coaches C60-C62 were built by Citadella Firema and supplied in 1996/1997. An example can be seen here. [43]

References

  1. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Genova%E2%80%93Casella_railway, accessed on 11th November 2024.
  2. https://www.bimbeinviaggio.com/en/italy/liguria-en/genoa/genoa-casella-train-route-timetable, accessed on 19th November 2024.
  3. https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stazione_di_Sardorella#/media/File%3AStaz.Sardorella.jpg, accessed on 21st November 2024.
  4. https://www.stagniweb.it/foto6.asp?File=fgc19&Inizio=11&Righe=10&InizioI=1&RigheI=100&Col=5 , accessed on 21st November 2024.
  5. https://www.flickr.com/photos/126337928@N05/47033340152, accessed on 21st November 2024.
  6. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Vicomorasso_train_station, accessed on 21st November 2024]
  7. https://www.flickr.com/photos/prazene/4889371810, accessed on 21st November 2024.
  8. https://www.ferroviagenovacasella.it/geca/il-primo-decennio, accessed on 19th November 2024.
  9. https://www.ferroviagenovacasella.it/geca/la-seconda-guerra-mondiale, accessed on 19th November 2024.
  10. https://www.ferroviagenovacasella.it/geca/dagli-anni-settanta-ad-oggi, accessed on 19th November 2024.
  11. https://www.flickr.com/photos/188768670@N06/53771228353, accessed on 21st November 2024.
  12. https://m.wikidata.org/wiki/Q56371269#/media/File%3AFCG_A11_Sant_Olcese_Tullo_20111228.jpg, accessed on 21st November 2024.
  13. https://structurae.net/en/structures/sant-olcese-tullo-station, accessed on 21st November 2024.
  14. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Busalletta_train_station, accessed on 22nd November 2024.
  15. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/rHqZdscSXSdCuAKT, accessed on 22nd November 2024.
  16. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/hcrJ3NCNeUdQFZxX, accessed on 22nd November 2024.
  17. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/a1WSMYTtU7vbsyjT, accessed on ,22nd November 2024.
  18. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2024/11/21/genoa-casella-narrow-gauge-railway-part-1-genova-to-sardorella.
  19. https://www.mentelocale.it/genova/57212-ferrovia-genova-casella-dal-6-settembre-il-servizio-avverr-con-bus-sostitutivo.htm, accessed on 23rd November 2024.
  20. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Elettromotrice_A2_della_Ferrovia_Genova_Casella.JPG, accessed on 23rd November 2024.
  21. https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ferrovia_Genova-Casella, accessed on 23rd November 2024.
  22. Corrado Bozzano, Roberto Pastore and Claudio Serra; Illustrated History of the Genoa-Casella Railway; Recco (GE), Il Geko Edizioni, 2016.
  23. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Caerano.jpg, accessed on 23rd November 2024.
  24. https://passionetrasporti.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/fgc-29-campi-2008-11-22-cerizzamatteo-1.jpg?w=1110&h=, accessed on 23rd November 2024.
  25. https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ferrovia_della_Val_di_Fiemme, accessed on 23rd November 2024.
  26. https://www.ferroviagenovacasella.it/geca/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/VOLANTINO-viaggio-storica-AGGIORNATA-al-11.02.-2020.psd.pdf, accessed on 23rd November 2024.
  27. https://www.ebay.co.uk/itm/115360290908?mkcid=16&mkevt=1&mkrid=711-127632-2357-0&ssspo=Fbvtwm00Q0S&sssrc=4429486&ssuid=afQhrar7TGK&var=&widget_ver=artemis&media=COPY, accessed on 23rd November 2024.
  28. https://www.stagniweb.it/foto6.asp?File=casella2&Inizio=2&Righe=10&InizioI=1&RigheI=150&Col=5, accessed on 24th November 2024
  29. https://www.stagniweb.it/foto6.asp?File=fgc21&InizioI=1&RigheI=100&Col=5, accessed on 24th November 2024.
  30. https://www.stagniweb.it/foto6.asp?File=fgc19&Inizio=66&Righe=10&InizioI=1&RigheI=100&Col=5, accessed on 24th November 2024.
  31. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:FCG_A11_Sant_Olcese_Tullo_20111228.jpg, accessed on 24th November 2024.
  32. https://api.flickr.com/photos/188768670@N06/50009526478, accessed on 24th November 2024.
  33. Maria Vittoria Cascino; Il trenino di Casella arranca in ritardo tra guasti e amianto; on ilgiornale.it, 20th March 2008; accessed on 24th November 2024.
  34. Andrea Martinelli, La D1 è tornata!, in iTreni N° 388, January 2016, p24-26.
  35. https://www.hrohrer.ch/railways/carrozze/cap19.htm, accessed on 24th November 2024.
  36. https://www.hrohrer.ch/railways/carrozze/f1904.jpg, accessed on 25th November 2024.
  37. https://www.hrohrer.ch/railways/carrozze/f1901.jpg, accessed on 25th November 2024.
  38. https://www.hrohrer.ch/railways/carrozze/f1905.jpg, accessed on 25th November 2024.
  39. https://www.hrohrer.ch/railways/carrozze/f1902.jpg, accessed on 25th November 2024.
  40. https://www.hrohrer.ch/railways/carrozze/f1906.jpg, accessed on 25th November 2024.
  41. https://www.hrohrer.ch/railways/carrozze/f1903.jpg, accessed on 25th November 2024.
  42. https://www.hrohrer.ch/railways/carrozze/f1907.jpg, accessed on 25th November 2024.
  43. https://www.hrohrer.ch/railways/carrozze/f1908.jpg, accessed on 25th November 2024.

Some East Indian Railway branches and the Kalka to Simla Narrow Gauge Line.

A further article about the East Indian Railway appeared in the July 1906 edition of The Railway Magazine – written again by G. Huddleston, C.I.E. [1]

The first article can be found here. [2]

Huddleston looks at a number of different sections of the network and after looking at what he has to say about each we will endeavour to follow those railway routes as they appear in the 21st century. We will go into quite a bit of detail on the journey along the Kalka to Shimla narrow-gauge line. The featured image at the head of this post was taken at Taradevi Railway Station on the Kalka to Shimla line, (c) GNU Free Documentation Licence Version 1.2. [29]

Shikohabad to Farrukhabad

This branch line had, in 1906, recently been opened. Huddleston describes it as being 65 miles in length, running through the district of Manipuri from Shekoabad [sic] to Farukhabad on the River Ganges. Until 1906, Farukhabad [sic] had “only been served by the metre gauge line which skirts the river to Cawnpore. There was lots of traffic in the district and both the broad and metre  gauge lines completed for it, whilst the river and canals and camels compete with the railways.” [1: p40]

The journey from Shikohabad to Farrukhabad. Indian Railways spellings of the two locations differ from those used by Huddleston in 1906. [4]

We start this relatively short journey (of 63 miles) at Shikohabad Junction Railway Station. “The old name of Shikohabad was Mohammad Mah (the name still exists as Mohmmad mah near Tahsil and Kotwali). Shikohabad is named after Dara Shikoh, the eldest brother of Emperor Aurangzeb. In its present form, the town has hardly any recognisable evidence of that era. Shikohabad was ruled under the estate of Labhowa from 1794 to 1880.” [5] “Shikohabad Junction railway station is on the Kanpur-Delhi section of Howrah–Delhi main line and Howrah–Gaya–Delhi line. It is located in Firozabad district in the Indian state of Uttar Pradesh.” [6] The station opened in1866. “A branch line was opened from Shikohabad to Mainpuri in 1905 and extended to Farrukhabad in 1906.” [7]

Shikohabad Junction Railway Station, Uttar Pradesh. [Google Maps, October 2024]

Trains from Shikohabad set off for Farrukhabad in a southeasterly direction alongside the Delhi to Kolkata main line. In a very short distance as the railway passed under a road flyover (Shikohabad Junction Flyover) the line to Farrukhabad moved away from the main line on its Northside.

The rail bridge carrying the Farrukhabad line over the Lower Ganga Canal seen from a point to the North alongside the canal. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
Looking East-Northeast along the railway towards Farrukhabad from the AH1 Flyover. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
Basdeomai, Uttar Pradesh. The covered way either side of the underpass is typical of many locations where local roads cross railways. This view looks Northwest across the railway. [Google Streetview, May 2023]

The first stopping point on the line is at Burha Bharthara. As can be seen immediately below, it is little more than a ‘bus-stop’ sign!

Very soon after Burha Bharthara, trains pull into Aroan Railway Station which is a little more substantial that Burha Bharthara having a single building with a ticket office.

Takha Railway Station is next along the line.

Takha Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]
The view East-northeast from Takha Railway Station, (c) Ketan Gupta. [October 2021 – Google Maps]

A couple of hundred meters short of Kosma Railway Station, the line crosses the Karhal to Ghiror Road at a level-crossing.

The level-crossing which takes the line across the Karhal to Ghiror Road, seen from the South. [Google Streeview, October 2023]
Looking East from the level-crossing towards Kosma Railway Station. [Google Streetview, October 2023]

Kosma Railway Station provides a passing loop to allow trains travelling in opposite directions to cross.

Kosma Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Kosma Railway Station, (c) Rajat Singh, April 2023. [Google Maps, October 2024]
The railway bridges an irrigation canal, (another arm of the Lower Ganga Canal (?)), a little to the East of Kosma Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]

A short distance further to the East is Tindauli Railway Station, after which the line crosses another arm the Lower Ganga Canal.

Tindauli Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Another arm of the Lower Ganga Canal. [Google Maps, October 2024]

Further East the line crosses a number of roads, most now culverted under the line.

This is a view East from one of the more minor crossing points near Auden Padariya (not far West of the junction on the approach to Mainpuri) which has yet to have an underbridge constructed and still had its crossing gates in 2023. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
Passing under the Auden Mandal- Kharpari Bypass, the line meets the line from Etawah before running into Mainpuri Junction Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Mainpuri Junction Railway Station. [Google Earth, October 2024]
Mainpuri Railway Station seen from the level-crossing on the Mainpuri-Kishni Road at the station limits. [Google Streetview, May 2023]

To the East of Mainpuri Railway Station, the next station is Mainpuri Kachehri Railway Station, just to the East of the Sugaon to Husenpur Road.

Mainpuri Kachehri Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]

The next station was Bhongaon Railway Station which had a passing loop to allow trains to cross.

Looking East towards Bhongaon Railway Station from a couple of hundred metres to the West of the Station. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
Bhongaon Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Just at the East end of the station site the Aligarh-Kanpur Road (Grand Trunk Road) crosses the line at level. This is the view from the level-crossing, East towards Farrukhabad. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
A short distance further East the line passes under the newly constructed Bypass. This view looks back under the modern viaduct towards Bhongoan Railway Station. [Google Streetview, May 2023]

Continuing on towards Farrukhabad, it is only a matter of a few minutes before trains pass through Takhrau Railway Station, where facilities are basic, and Mota Railway Station where facilites are a little more substantive.

Takhrau Railway Station building. (c) Pankaj Kumar, August 2017. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Mota Railway Station, (c) Vinod Kumar, May 2023. [Google Maps, October 2024]

The Railway then bridges the Kaali Nadi River and passes through Pakhna Railway Station.

The railway bridge over the (c) Shiv Shankar, January 2020. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Pakhna Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]

The next stop is at B L Daspuri (Babal Axmandaspuri) Station.

Babal Axmandaspuri Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Babal Axmandaspuri Railway Station, (c) Rajat Singh (September 2023). [Google Maps, October 2024]

Another short journey gets us to Nibkarori Railway Station.

Nibkarori Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Nibkarori Railway Station seen from the Northeast, (c) Rakesh Verma (July 2021). [Google maps, October 2024]

The next stop is at Ugarpur Railway Station.

Ugarpur Railway Station. [Google Maps. October 2024]
Ugarpur Railway Station, (c) Desh Deepak Dixit (December 2017). [Google Maps. October 2024]

Not much further along the line we enter Shrimad Dwarakapuri Railway Station.

Shrimad Dwarakapuri Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]

As the line reaches the town of Farrukhabad it turns sharply to the North.

On the South side of Farrukhabad the line turns to the Northwest. [Google Maps, October 2024]

It then enters Farrukhabad Junction Railway Station from the Southeast.

Farrukhabad Junction Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]

Farrukhabad sits on the River Ganges. It is a historic city with a rich culture defined by the traditions of Ganga-Jamuni Tehzeeb (Ganges-Yamuna Culture), [10] which amalgamates aspects of Hindu and Muslim cultural practices, rituals, folk and linguistic traditions. [11] The city was begun in 1714, and Mohammad Khan Bangash (a commander in the successful army of Farrukhsiyar, one of the princely contenders for the Mughal throne, who led a coup which displaced the reigning emperor Jahandar Shah) named it after Farrukhsiyar. It soon became a flourishing centre of commerce and industry. [12]

Initially, under the colonial state of British India, Farrukhabad was a nodal centre of the riverine trade through the Ganges river system from North and North-West India towards the East. [12] Farrukhabad’s economic and political decline under British rule began with the closure of the Farrukhabad mint in 1824. [11]

Farrukhabad, according to the 2011 census had a population of 1,885,204. This was just under four times its size in 1901. Its population is predominantly Hindu. [13]

At the time of the 2011 Census of India, 94.96% of the population in the district spoke Hindi (or a related language) and 4.68% Urdu as their first language. [14]

Tundla to Agra

From Shekoabad, it is only a matter of 22 miles to Tundla but very few people would ever hear about Tundla, if it was not for the fact that it is the junction for Agra. …Agra would have been on the main line if the East Indian Railway had the original intention been followed of taking the line across the Jumna river at Agra and then following its right bank into Delhi; but, instead of doing this, it was decided … to build only a branch to Agra, and to run the main line on the left side of the Jumna. … If we want to visit Agra, we must change at Tundla and go along the 14 mile of the branch line.” [1: p41]

Huddleston tells us that:

Approaching Agra … from Tundla you see [the Taj Mahal] first on your left-hand side, wrapped in that peculiar atmospheric haze that adds charm to every distant object in the East, a charm even to that which needs no added charm, the marvellous and wonderful Taj Mehal [sic]. As you rapidly draw nearer it seems to rise before you in solitary dazzling grandeur, its every aspect changing as the remorseless train, which you cannot stop, dashes on. Once catch your first glimpse of the Taj and you have eyes for. nothing else, you feel that your very breath has gone, that you are in a dream. All the world seems unreal, and the beautiful construction before you more unreal than all. You only know it is like something you have heard of, something, perhaps, in a fairy tale, or something you have read of, possibly in allegory, and you have hardly time to materialise before the train rattles over the Jumna Bridge, and enters Agra Fort station.

There on one side are the great red walls of the fortress within a few feet of you, and there on the other side is the teeming native city, with its mosques and domes and minarets, its arches and columns and pillars. its thousand and one Oriental sights, just the reality of the East, but all quite different to everywhere else. … There are things to be seen in Agra that almost outrival the Taj itself, such, for instance, as the tomb of Ihtimad-ud-Daula, on the East bank of the river, with its perfection of marble carving, unequalled in delicacy by anything of the kind in the world. There are delightful places nearby of absorbing interest, as, for example, Fatehpur Sikri, and its abandoned city of palaces; there is enough in Agra and its vicinity to glut a glutton at sight seeing, but we must go back to the railway and its work. The Jumna Bridge, of which we have talked, belongs to the Rajputana Railway; the rails are so laid that both broad and metre gauge trains run over it, and above the track for trains there is a roadway.

But this is not sufficient for the needs of Agra, though supplemented by a pontoon bridge which crosses the river half a mile further up the stream. The trade of Agra first attracted the East Indian Railway, then came the Rajputana Malwa, and then the Great Indian Peninsular. Each of the latter two lines wanted a share, and the East Indian had to fight for its rights; to do its utmost to keep to the Port of Calcutta what the rival lines wanted to take to Bombay. Another railway bridge became a necessity, a bridge that would take the East Indian Railway line into the heart of the native city instead of leaving it on its outskirts, and the East Indian Railway began to construct it.” [1: p42-43]


In 1906 the new bridge over the River Jumna was under construction, due to be completed in early 1907. Huddleston describes the bridge under construction thus:

“The bridge will consist of nine soane of 150 ft., and there will be a roadway under the rails; the bridge is being built for a single line, and all the wells have been sunk to a depth of 60 ft , or more. The work … commenced in September [1905], and it is expected that the bridge will be completed in March 1907. It need only be added that the site selected for this new connection is between the existing railway bridge and the floating pontoon road bridge, and the chief point of the scheme is that, when carried out, the East Indian Railway will have a line through the city of Agra, and a terminus for its goods traffic in a most central position, instead of being handicapped, as it now is, by having its goods depôt on the wrong side of the river. Mr. A. H. Johnstone is the East Indian Railway engineer-in-charge of the work.” [1: p43]

We start the journey along this short branch in the 21st century at Tundla Junction Railway Station.

Tundla Railway Station. [Google Earth, October 2024]

We head Northwest out of the station alongside the main line to Delhi.

Looking West towards Tundla Junction Railway Station from the South side of the lines. The closest rail line is the branch to Agra. [Google Streetview, July 2023]

The first station along the branch was Etmadpur Railway Station.

Etmadpur Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Etmadpur Railway Station, (c) Harkesh Yadav, March 2021. [Google Maps, October 2024]

The line to Agra next passes under the very modern loop line which allows trains to avoid Tundla Station.

Looking West, back towards Etmadpur Station under the modern relieving line bridge. [Google Streetview, June 2023]

The next photograph shows the older single track metal girder bridge a little further to the West of Etmadpur with the more modern second line carried by a reinforced concrete viaduct.

Seen from the North side of the line looking South, the older single track metal girder bridge with the more modern second line carried by a reinforced concrete viaduct. [Google Streetview, June 2023]

The line curves round from travelling in an West-northwest direction to a West-southwest alignment and then enters the next station on the line, Kuberpur Railway Station.

Kuberpur Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Kuberpur Railway Station seen from the approach road to the North. [Google Streetview, June 2023]
Kuberpur Railway Station building seen from the platform, (c) sanjeev kumar, May 2018. [Google Maps, October 2024]
A low definition view of the line heading West towards Agra as seen from the modern concrete viaduct carrying what I believe to be Agra’s Ring Road (a toll road). [Google Streetview, June 2023]

As we head into Agra, the next station is Chhalesar Railway Station.

Chhalesar Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]

From Chhalesar Railway Station the line continues in a West-southwest direction towards the centre of Agra. The next station is Yamuna Bridge Railway Station.

Yamuna Bridge Railway Station Agra. [Google Maps, October 2024]

South West of Yamuna Bridge Railway Station a series of bridges cross the River Yamuna.

Bridges across the River Yamuna. [Google Maps, October 2024]

The ‘Yamuna Railway Bridge’ crossing the River Jumna/Yamuna at Agra was opened in 1875, and connected ‘Agra East Bank Station’ to ‘Agra Fort Station’. The bridge carried the Bombay, Baroda and Central India Railway (BB&CIR) Metre Gauge ‘Agra-Bandikui Branch Line’, the East Indian Railway (EIR) and ‘Great Indian Peninsula Railway (GIPR) Broad Gauge lines. [18]

The first bridge over the Yamuna River at Agra. It is the more southerly of the two bridges shown on the 1972 map of Agra below. [17]
A map of Agra in 1962 which shows the two Yamuna River Bridges in place by then. Some of the significant features of the city can be identified clearly on this map: Agra Fort and its adjacent railway station appear close to the first Yamuna Bridge; the Taj Mahal is to the South East of the bridge on the South bank of the river; the Tomb of Itmad-ud-Daulah can be seen to the East of the river just North of the Strachey Bridge; a number of railway stations can also be picked out around Agra City. [20]

The ‘Strachey Bridge’, to the North the older bridge at Agra, was opened in 1908. It was a combined Road and Railway bridge and constructed by the ‘East Indian Railway Company’ (EIR). The bridge was named after John Strachey who planned & designed the bridge. The 1,024 metres (3,360 ft) long bridge was completed in 1908, taking 10 years to complete since its construction commenced in 1898. The ‘Agra City Railway Station’ was thus connected by the bridge to the ‘Jumna Bridge Station’ on the East bank. This Broad Gauge line became the ‘EIR Agra Branch Line’. [18]

The Strachey Railway bridge over the Yamuna River, The two-tiered bridge facilitated simultaneous movement of road traffic at the bottom level and rail transport at the upper level. Though the bridge is still in use today, it’s closed for road traffic and is used only by railways. This bridge appears on the satellite image above, on the South side of the Ambedkar Road Bridge. [19]

Once the Strachey Bridge (this is the one about which Huddleston speaks at length above) was opened in 1908. The EIR had access to the heart of the city and particularly to Agra City Station. We will look at City Station a few paragraphs below. But it is worth completing a look at the bridges over the Yamuna River with the bridge which replaced the first Yamuna River railway bridge.

The replacement Yamuna River Bridge, (c) Ãj Āshish jáykār, October 2023. In October 2023 a second bridge was under construction immediately on the North side of this bridge. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Both the existing bridge and that under construction appear on this satellite image. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Agra city centre immediately to the West of the Strachey Bridge which can be seen bottom-right. [Google Earth, October 2024]
The western end of the Strachey Bridge, seen from the North. [Google Streetview, November 2023]
The bridge over Chhata Road, seen from the North. [Google Streetview, November 2023]
The bridge over City Station Road, seen from the East. [Google Streetview, November 2023]
A little further to the West, this bridge spans a street which Google Streetview does not name. [Google Streetview, November 2023]
The bridge over Freeganj Road. The vegetation over the bridge extends round the site of Agra City Station. [Google Streetview, November 2023]
Agra City Station was the terminus of the Tundla to Agra branch of the EIR. [Google Earth, October 2024]

Delhi

Huddleston comments: “Delhi is one of the most important junctions on the East Indian Railway. The Rajputana Malwa, the North Western, Southern Punjab, Oudh and Rohilkhand and Great Indian Peninsular Railways all run into Delhi. There is a regular network of lines in and around, and the main passenger station is that belonging to the East Indian Railway. All the railways run their passenger trains into the East Indian Railway station, and most of the goods traffic passes through it also. For some years past Delhi has been in a state of remodelling; the work is still going on, and it will be some time before it is completed.” [1: p43]

He continues: “When you alight on one of the numerous platforms at Delhi station, there is a feeling of elbow room; the whole station seems to have been laid out in a sensible way. You are able to move without fear of being jostled over the platform edge, everything looks capacious, and especially the two great waiting halls, which flank either side of the main station building. These are, perhaps, the two finest waiting halls in India; passengers congregate there, and find every convenience at hand, the booking office, where they take their tickets, vendors’ stalls, where they get various kinds of refreshments, a good supply of water, and, just outside, places in which to bathe; a bath to a native passenger is one of the greatest luxuries, and he never fails to take one when opportunity offers.” [1: p44]

Wikipedia tells us that “Delhi Junction railway station is the oldest railway station in Old Delhi. … It is one of the busiest railway stations in India in terms of frequency. Around 250 trains start, end, or pass through the station daily. It was established near Chandni Chowk in 1864 when trains from Howrah, Calcutta started operating up to Delhi. Its present building was constructed by the British Indian government in the style of the nearby Red Fort and opened in 1903. It has been an important railway station of the country and preceded the New Delhi by about 60 years. Chandni Chowk station of the Delhi Metro is located near it.” [21]

Delhi junction Railway Station was the main railway station in Delhi at the time that Huddleston was writing his articles.

Delhi Junction Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Delhi Junction Railway Station as it appears on OpenStreetMap. [21]
Delhi Junction Railway Station. [22]
New Delhi Railway Station is marked on this OpenStreetMap extract with a blue flag, it is just a short distance Southwest of Delhi Junction Railway Station which is marked by a grey train symbol to the top-right of the map extract and named ‘Old Delhi’. [23]

Delhi, Ambala (Umbala) and Kalka

The East Indian Railway proper terminated at Delhi Junction Railway Station but the railway company also operated the independently owned Delhi-Umabala-Kalka Railway.

A railway line from Delhi to Kalka via Ambala was constructed by the Delhi Umbala Kalka Railway Company (DUK) during 1889 and 1890 and operations were commenced on March 1, 1891. The management of the line was entrusted to the East Indian Railway Company (EIR) who were able to register a net profit in the very first year of operation. The Government of India purchased the line in 1926 and transferred the management to the state controlled North Western Railway. After partition, this section became part of the newly formed East Punjab Railway and was amalgamated with the Northern Railway on 14th April 1952.” [3]

The terminus of this line is at Kalka, 162 miles from Delhi. Huddleston tells us that, “In the beginning of the hot weather, when the plains are becoming unbearable, Kalka station is thronged with those fortunates who are going to spend summer in the cool of the Himalayas, and, when the hot weather is over, Kalka is crowded with the same people returning to the delights of the cold season, very satisfied with themselves at having escaped a grilling in the plains. Therefore, nearly everyone who passes Kalka looks cheerful, but, of course, there is the usual exception to the rule; and in this case the exception is a marked one. All the year round there is to be seen at Kalka station a face or two looking quite the reverse of happy, and, if we search the cause, we find it soon enough. The sad faces belong to those who have reached Kalka on their way to the Pasteur Institute, at Kasauli; Kasauli is in the hills some ten miles from Kalka. It is at Kasauli that Lord Curzon, when Viceroy, established that incalculable boon to all the people of India, a Pasteur Institute. Formerly, when anyone was bitten by a mad dog, or by a mad jackal, and such animals are fairly common in the East, he had to fly to Paris, and spend anxious weeks before he could be treated-some, indeed, developed hydrophobia before they could get there, or got there too late to be treated with any hope of success. Now, instead of going to Paris, they go to Kasauli.” [1: p44-45]

The western approach to Deli Junction Railway Station. The station is on the right of this satellite image. The lines to the New Delhi Railway Station leave the image to the South, to the left of centre. The line to Kalka leaves the image towards the top-left. [Google Maps, October 2024]
The view West from the bridge carrying Pul Mithai over the railway. The lines entering the photograph from the left are those from New Delhi Railway Station. Those ahead begin the journey to Kalka. [Google Streetview, February 2022]
Looking West from Rani Jhansi Road/Flyover. It may be difficult to make out, but the line to Kalka curves away to the right. [Google Streetview, February 2022]

The first station beyond the junction shown in the photograph above is Sabzi Mandi Railway Station.

Sabzi Mandi Railway Station. [Google Earth, October 2024]

Heading North-northwest out of Delhi, trains pass through Delhi Azadpur Railway Station, under Mahatma Gandhi Road (the Ring Road), on through Adarsh Nagar Delhi Railway Station and under the Outer Ring Road.

Outside of the Outer Ring Road the line passes through Samaypur Badli Railway Station which is an interchange station for the Metro; across a level-crossing on Sirsapur Metro Station Road; through Khera Kalan Railway Station and out of the Delhi conurbation.

Looking North-northwest from Sirsapur Metro Station Road Level-Crossing. [Google Streetview, April 2022]

The line runs on through a series of level-crossings and various stations (Holambi Kolan, Narela, Rathdhana, Harsana Kalan) and under and over modern highways before arriving at Sonipat Junction Railway Station.

A typical view from another level-crossing looking North-northwest along the line.[Google Streetview, April 2022]

Sonipat Junction Railway Station provides connections to Gohana, Jind and Palwal. [24]

(c) Mohit, March 2022.
(c) Arvind, August 2021.
(c) Rahul Singh, February 2019.

Northwest of Sonipat Railway Station a single-track line diverges to the West as we continue northwards through Sandal Kalan, Rajlu Garhi (North of which a line diverges to the East), Ganaur, Bhodwal Majri, Samalkha, Diwana Railway Stations before arriving at Panipat Junction Railway Station.

Panipat Junction Railway Station was opened in 1891. It has links to the Delhi–Kalka line, Delhi–Amritsar line, Delhi–Jammu line, Panipat–Jind line, Panipat–Rohtak line connected and upcoming purposed Panipat–Meerut line via Muzaffarnagar, Panipat–Haridwar line, Panipat-Rewari double line, via Asthal Bohar, Jhajjar or Bypass by the Rohtak Junction Panipat-Assoti Double line via Farukh Nagar, Patli, Manesar, Palwal. 118 trains halt here each day with a footfall of 40,000 persons per day. [25]

(c) Pintoo Yadav, May 2021.
(c) Sunil j, January 2023.

Just to the North of Panipat Junction Railway Station a double-track line curves away to the West. Our journey continues due North parallel to the Jammu-Delhi Toll Road.

A view North along the line from one of the access roads to the Jammu-Delhi Toll Road. [Google Streetview, June 2023]

North of Panipat the line passed through Babarpur, Kohand, Gharaunda, Bazida Jatan Railway Stations while drifting gradually away from the Jammu-Delhi Toll Road.

Beyond Bazida Jatan Station, the line turns from a northerly course to a more northwesterly direction before swinging back Northeast to a more northerly route. It then passes through Karnal Railway Station before once again swinging away to the Northwest and crossing a significant irrigation canal, passing through Bhaini Khurd, Nilokheri, Amin Railway Stations and then arrives at Kurukshetra Junction Railway Station.

Kurukshetra Junction Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]

North of Kurukshetra Junction the line passes through Dhoda Kheri, Dhirpur, Dhola Mazra, Shahbad Markanda (by this time running very close to the Jammu-Delhi Toll Road again), and Mohri Railway Stations before it bridges the Tangri River.

The Tangri River Railway Bridge seen from NH44, the Jammu-Delhi Road. The photograph is taking facing Northwest. [Google Streetview, June 2023]

Not too far North of the Tangri River the line enters Ambala City and arrives at Ambala Cantt Junction Railway Station.

Ambala Cantt Junction Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]

Ambala (known as Umbala in the past – this spelling was used by Rudyard Kipling in his 1901 novel Kim) is “located 200 km (124 mi) to the north of New Delhi, India’s capital, and has been identified as a counter-magnet city for the National Capital Region to develop as an alternative center of growth to Delhi.” [26] As of the 2011 India census, Ambala had a population of 207,934.

Travelling further North towards Kalka, trains start heading Northwest out of Ambala Cantt Railway Station. and pass through Dhulkot, Lalru, Dappar, Ghagghar Rauilway Stations before crossing the Ghaggar River and running on into Chandigarh.

The Ghaggar River Railway Bridge seen from the Ghaggar Causeway to the Northeast of the railway Bridge. [Google Streetview, June 2022]

Chandigarh Junction Railway Station sits between Chandigarh and Panchkula. it is illustrated below.

(c) Laxman YB (January 2022)
(c) Soniya Thapa (January 2023)
(c) Amit Gamer (July 2022)

North of Chadigarh the flat plains of India give way to the first foothills of the Himalayas. What has up to this point been a line with very few curves, changes to follow a route which best copes with the contours of the land. Within the city limits of Chandigarh, the line curves sharply to the East, then to the Southeast as illustrated below.

The route of the railway between Chandigarh and Kalka to the immediate North of Chandigarh Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]

The line then sweeps round to the Northeast.

The route of the line is again marked by the thick blue line on this next extract from Google’s satellite imagery. [Google Maps, October 2024]
It is possible to glimpse the line from the Chandigarh-Kalka Road (NH5) at various points. This image looks from the road into Chandimandir Military Station. The bridge over the access road which can be seen above the gates carries the line to Kalka. [Google Streetview, June 2022]

The next railway station is that serving the military base, Chandi Mandir Railway Station. The line continues to the Northeast, then the North and then the Northwest before running into Surajpur Railway Station.

A glimpse of the railway North of Surajpur. The camera is facing West across the railway which is on a low metal viaduct. Kalka is some significant distance away off the right of this photograph. [Google Streetview, June 2023]

The line continues to sweep round to the Northeast before crossing the Jhajra Nadi River.

The Jhajra Nadi River Bridge seen from the Southeast on Jhajra Nadi Road. [Google Streetview, June 2023]

The line then runs parallel to the Jhajra Nadi River in a Northeasterly direction on its North bank before swinging round to the Northwest and entering Kalka Railway Station.

Kalka Station. [1: p40]
An East Indian Railway Mail Train leaving Kalka. [1: p43]
Kalka Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Kalka Railway Station as illustrated on the IndiaRailInfo.com website, (c) Shubh Mohan Singh. The train on the right is, I believe, the ‘Himalayan Queen’.

The broad gauge terminates at Kalka and the journey on into the Himalayas is by narrow-gauge train.

Kalka to Shimla

Huddleston comments: “Simla [sic] is full of hill schools, and Kalka often sees parties of happy children returning to their homes; a common enough sight in London, perhaps, but in India quite the reverse. In India, European school children only come home for one vacation in the year, and that, of course, is in the cold season when they get all their holidays at a stretch. Many of them have to journey over a thousand miles between home and school. Needless to say, the railway is liberal in the concessions it grants, and does all it can to assist parents in sending their children away from the deadly climate of the plains. … At Kalka you change into a 2 ft. 6 in. hill railway, which takes you to Simla, the summer headquarters of Government, in seven hours. If you are going up in the summer, don’t forget to take thick clothes and wraps with you, for every mile carries you from the scorching heat of the plains into the delightful cool of the Himalayas, and you will surely need a change before you get to the end of your journey. … Kalka is 2,000 ft. above sea level, Simla more than 7,000 ft., therefore, the rise in the 59 miles of hill railway is over 5,000 ft., and the fall in the temperature probably 30 degrees Fahrenheit.” [1: p45]

Train of Bogie Coaches about to leave Kalka for Shimla. [1: p44]
A portion of the sinuous course of the Kalka-Shimla line’s climb into the Himalayas. [1: p45]

The plan is to try to follow the line of the railway as it climbs away from Kalka Railway Station. First a quick look at the narrow gauge end of Kalka Railway Station.

The North end of Kalka Railway Station is devoted to the narrow-gauge line to Shimla. [Google Maps, October 2024]
The narrow-gauge platforms at Kalka Railway Station seen from the Northwest. [Google Streetview, January 2018]
The Kalka-Shimla Line. Kalka station throat looking Southeast into the station complex. [Google Streetview, January 2018]

The two views above were taken from the rear of a Shimla-bound train. This will be true of many subsequent photographs of the line.

Looking back towards Kalka Station from alongside the Diesel Shed. [Google Streetview, January 2018]
The Kalka-Shimla line winds its way through Kalka. [Google Maps, October 2024]
The line continues to switch back and forth on its way to the first station at Taksal. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Taksal Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]
From Taksal Railway Station the line continues to wander around following the contours, gaining height as it does so. The route can relatively easily be picked out on this satellite image. One length of tunnel has been highlighted in red. [Google Maps, October 2024]
The line continues towards Shimla following the contours and continuing to rise into the hills. Its course runs relatively close to National Highway No. 5 (NH5)

Koti Railway Station and tunnel portal just at the northern limits of the station. [Google Maps, October 2024]

Train arriving at Koti from Kalka (c) Meghamalhar Saha. (May 2024)
The tunnel portal at Koti (c) Divyansh Sharma. (April 2021)

Koti Tunnel (Tunnel No. 10) is 750 metres in length. Trains for Shimla disappear into it at the station limits at Koti and emerge adjacent to the NH5 road as shown below.

Koti Tunnel (Tunnel No. 10). [Google Maps, October 2024]
The Northeast portal of Tunnel No. 10(Koti Tunnel). [Google Streetview, January 2018]
Leaving the tunnel the line runs on the West side of the Kalka-Shimla Road (NH5). It can be seen here a couploe of metres higher than the road. [Google Streetview, June 2023]

For some distance the line then runs relatively close to the NH5. on its Northwest side and increasingly higher than the road. The central image below shows road and rail relatively close to each other. The left image shows the structure highlighted in the central image as it appears from the South. The right-hand image shows the same structure from the North. The structure highlighted here is typical of a number along the route of the railway.

For a short distance the line has to deviate away from the road to maintain a steady grade as it crosses a side-valley.

The line runs away North of the NH5 to allow gradients to remain steady. Top0-left of this image is a wayside halt serving the communities in this vicinity and as the line turns to cross the valley and return towards the NH5, there is a bridge carrying the line over the valley floor. [Google Streetview, October 2024]

The Halt and bridge shown in the image above on an enlarged extract from the satellite imagery. [Google Maps, October 2024]

The Halt. [Google Streetview, January 2018]
The stone-arched viaduct to the Northeast of the Halt, seen from the platform. [Google Streetview, January 2018]

The sort tunnels above are typical of a number along the line. Tunnel No. 16 takes the railway under the NH5.

The NH5 climbs alongside the railway line which can be seen on the left of this image. around 100 metres further along the line Tunnel No. 16 takes the railway under the road. [Google Streetview, August 2024]
The line crosses under the NH5 at the bottom left of this satellite image and can be seen following the contours on the Southside of the road across the full width of the image, leaving the photo in the top-right corner. [Google Maps, October 2024]
Looking back down the line towards Kalka through Sonwara Railway Station. [Google Streetview, January 2018]
Again looking back towards Kalka the structure that the train has just crossed is given its own sign board. It appears to be a 4 span stone-arched viaduct. [Google Streetview, January 2018]

The next tunnel on the line (No. 18) is a semi-circular tunnel.

Tunnels No. 21 and No. 22 are shown below. The first image in each of these cases is the line superimposed on Google Maps satellite imagery (October 2024). The other two images, in each case, are from Google Streetview, January 2018.

A short distance North from Tunnel No. 22 is an over bridge which is shown below.

The next station is Dharampur Himachal Railway Station.

Dharampur Himachal Railway Station. [Google Maps, October 2024]

Immediately beyond the station the line is bridged by the NH5 and then enters another tunnel.

The short tunnel to the North of Dharampur Himachal Railway Station which perhaps carried the original road, (c) Balasubramaniam Janardhanan. (Video still, April 2022) {Google Maps, October 2024]
The same bridge and short tunnel. [Google Streetview, January 2018]
The line running North beyond the tunnel. [Google Streetview, January 2018]

After a deviation away to the North, the railway returns to the side of the NH5. Tunnels No. 27 and 28 take the line under small villages. Another tunnel (No. 29) sits just before Kumarhatti Dagshai Railway Station.

Kumarhatti Dagshai Railway Station. [Google Maps, November 2024]
Kumarhatti Dagshai Railway Station building. [Google Streetview, January 2018]

As trains leave Kumarhatti Dagshai Railway Station, heading for Shimla, they immediately enter Tunnel No. 30.

Tunnel No. 30 is a short straight tunnel which takes the railway under the village and NH5. [Google Streetview, January 2018]

Two short tunnels follow in quick succession, various tall retaining walls are passed as well before the line crosses a relatively shallow side-valley by means of a masonry arched viaduct.

A short viaduct to the East of Kumarhatti Dagshai Railway Station. [Google Streetview, January 2018]

Tunnel No. 33 (Barog Tunnel) is a longer tunnel which runs Southwest to Northeast and brings trains to Barog Railway Station.

Barog Railway Station. [Google Streetview, January 2018]

Now back on the North side of the NH5, the line continues to rise gently as it follows the contours of the hillside. Five further short tunnels are encountered beyond Barog (Nos. 34, 35, 36, 37 and 38) before the line runs into Solan Railway Station.

Solan Railway Station. [Google Maps, November 2024]

Immediately to the Eat of Solan Railway Station trains enter Tunnel No. 39 and soon thereafter Tunnels Nos. 40, 41 and 42 before crossing the NH5 at a level-crossing.

Level-crossing on the main Kalka-Shimla Road. [Google Streetview, January 2018]

Further tunnels follow on the way to Salogra Railway Station.

Salogra Railway Station was oriented North-South approximately.

Looking North through Salogra Railway Station. [Google Streetview, January 2018]
Salogra Railway Station buildings seen from the South. [Google Streetview, January 2018]
Salogra Railway Station sign, (c) Travel More. (2015)

A further series of relative short tunnels protects the line as it runs on the Kandaghat Railway Station.

Kandaghat Railway Station. [Google Streetview, January 2018]
The stone-arched viaduct carrying the line over the NH5 (Kalka-Shimla Road) at the North end of Kandaghat Railway Station. [Google Streetview, July 2024]

Tunnels Nos. 56 and 57 sit a short distance to the East of the viaduct above. the line now accompanies a different highway which turns off the NH5 close to the viaduct.

The next significant structure is the galleried arch bridge below.

More tunnels, Nos. 58 to 66 are passed before the line crosses another significant structure – Bridge No. 541 – and then runs through Kanoh Railway Station.

Kanoh Railway Station. [Google Maps, November 2024]
Kanoh Railway Station, (c) Saumen Pal. (April 2022). [Google Maps, November 2024]

After Kanoh Station the line passes through a further series of short tunnels (Nos. 67-75) before meeting its old friend the NH5 (the Kalka to Shimla Road) again.

The Kalka to Shimla Railway line viaduct seen from the Southwest on the adjacent NH5 (Kalka-Shimla Road). [Google Streetview, July 2024]

Beyond this point the line passed through Tunnels Nos. 76 and 77 before arriving at Kathleeghat Railway Station.

Kathleeghat Railway Station.

Kathleeghat Railway Station. [Google Streetview, January 2018]
Kathleeghat Railway Station. [Google Streetview, January 2018]
Kathleeghat Railway Station. [Google Streetview, January 2018]

Immediately the Northeast of Kathleeghat Station the line enters Tunnel No. 78 under the Kalka-Shima Road (NH5) and soon heads away from the road plotting its own course forward toward Shimla through Tunnels Nos. 79 and 80, before again passing under the NH5 (Tunnel No. 81). Tunnels Nos 82 to84 follow and the occasional overbridge before the next stop at Shoghi Railway Station.

Shoghi Railway Station. [Google Maps, November 2024]

North East of Shoghi Station the line turns away from the NH5 and passing though a series of short Tunnels (Nos. 85-90) finds it own way higher into the hills before passing through Scout Halt and into a longer Tunnel (No. 91).

The North Portal of Tunnel No.91. [Google Streetview, December 2017]

North of Tunnel No. 91, the line enters Taradevi Railway Station which sits alongside the NH5.

Taradevi Railway Station.

Taradevi Railway Station, (c) William Matthews. (2023)
Taradevi Railway Station, (c) Gokul Gopakumar. (2021)
Taradevi Railway Station, (c) Iqbal Singh. (August 2019) [Google Maps, November 2024]

Immediately North of the station the line passes under the NH5 in Tunnel No. 92 and then runs on the hillside to the West of the road. It turns West away from the road and passes through Tunnels 93 to 98 before entering Jutogh Railway Station.

Jutogh Railway Station. [Google Maps, November 2024]

Leaving Jutogh Railway Station, the line turns immediately through 180 degrees and runs along the North side of the ridge on which the town sits. Tunnel No. 98 is followed by a short viaduct.

This viaduct sits just east of Tunnel No. 98, above the Shima-Ghumarwin Road. Just a short distance towards Shima, the same road climbs steeply over the railway which passes under it in Tunnel No. 99. [Google Streetview, January 2018]

east of the road, Tunnel No. 100 is followed by a long run before an overbridge leads into Summer Hill Station.

Beyond Summer Hill Station, the line immediately ducks into Tunnel No. 101 which takes it under the ridge on which Summer Hill sits and then returns almost parallel to the line whch approached Summer Hill Station but to the East of the ridge. It runs on through Tunnel No. 102 to Inverarm Tunnel (No. 103) which brings the line into Shimla.

Shimla Railway Station. [Gpgle Streetview, January 2018]
Shimla Railway Station. [Google Maps, November 2024]

Shimla is the end of this journey on first the East Indian Railway and its branches and then the line to Kalka before we travelled the narrow gauge Kalka to Shimla Line.

Wikipedia tells us that “the Kalka–Shimla Railway is a 2 ft 6 in (762 mm) narrow-gauge railway. … It is known for dramatic views of the hills and surrounding villages. The railway was built under the direction of Herbert Septimus Harington between 1898 and 1903 to connect Shimla, the summer capital of India during the British Raj, with the rest of the Indian rail system. … Its early locomotives were manufactured by Sharp, Stewart and Company. Larger locomotives were introduced, which were manufactured by the Hunslet Engine Company. Diesel and diesel-hydraulic locomotives began operation in 1955 and 1970, respectively. On 8 July 2008, UNESCO added the Kalka–Shimla Railway to the mountain railways of India World Heritage Site.” [28]

References

  1. G. Huddleston; The East Indian Railway; in The Railway Magazine, July 1906, p40-45.
  2. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2024/10/16/the-east-indian-railway-the-railway-magazine-december-1905-and-a-journey-along-the-line/
  3. https://hillpost.in/2005/01/kalka-shimla-railway/30, accessed on 24th October 2024.
  4. https://indiarailinfo.com/train/map/train-running-status-shikohabad-farrukhabad-passenger-485nr/6070/903/2192, accessed on 24th October 2024.
  5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shikohabad, accessed on 25th October 2024.
  6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shikohabad_Junction_railway_station, accessed on 25th October 2024.
  7. https://web.archive.org/web/20130728090858/http://mainpuri.nic.in/gaz/chapter7.htm, accessed on 25th October 2024.
  8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?app=desktop&v=1ehvDEs2pt4, accessed on 25th October 2024.
  9. http://64.38.144.116/station/blog/2193/0, accessed on 25th October 2024.
  10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ganga-Jamuni_tehzeeb, accessed on 26th October 2024.
  11. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Farrukhabad_district, accessed on the 26th October 2024.
  12. C.A. Bayly; Rulers, Townsmen and Bazaars: North Indian Society in the Age of British Expansion, 1770–1870; Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2012.
  13. “District Census Handbook: Farrukhabad” (PDF). (censusindia.gov.in). Registrar General and Census Commissioner of India. 2011.
  14. “Table C-16 Population by Mother Tongue: Uttar Pradesh”. (www.censusindia.gov.in). Registrar General and Census Commissioner of India.
  15. Decadal Variation In Population Since 1901. (www.censusindia.gov.in)
  16. “Table C-01 Population by Religion: Uttar Pradesh”. (www.censusindia.gov.in). Registrar General and Census Commissioner of India. 2011.
  17. https://www.irfca.org/gallery/Heritage/JUMNA+BRIDGE+AGRA+-+1.JPG.html, accessed on 27th October 2024.
  18. https://wiki.fibis.org/w/Yamuna_Railway_Bridge(Agra), accessed on 27th October 2024.
  19. https://cityseeker.com/agra/723275-stretchy-bridge, accessed on 27th October 2024.
  20. https://www.etsy.com/no-en/listing/235077088/1962-agra-india-vintage-map, accessed on 27th October 2024.
  21. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delhi_Junction_railway_station, accessed on 27th October 2024.
  22. https://m.economictimes.com/news/politics-and-nation/now-swachh-drive-at-delhi-railway-station/articleshow/47754817.cms, accessed on 27th October 2024
  23. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/New_Delhi_railway_station, accessed on 27th October 2024.
  24. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sonipat_Junction_railway_station, accessed on 28th October 2024.
  25. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Panipat_Junction_railway_station, accessed on 28th October 2024.
  26. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ambala, accessed on 29th October 2024.
  27. https://st2.indiarailinfo.com/kjfdsuiemjvcya0/0/1/8/2/933182/0/7226151664bda48a8152z.jpg, accessed via https://indiarailinfo.com/station/map/kalka-klk/1982 on 29th October 2024.
  28. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kalka%E2%80%93Shimla_Railway, accessed on 2nd November 2024.
  29. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:KSR_Steam_special_at_Taradevi_05-02-13_56.jpeg, accessed on 2nd November 2024.

The Railway Magazine Silver Jubilee (July 1897 to June 1922)

The June 1922 issue of The Railway Magazine celebrated its Silver Jubilee with a number of articles making comparisons between the railway scene in 1897 and that of 1922 or thereabouts.

In celebrating its Silver Jubilee, The Railway Magazine was also offering, in its June 1922 edition, its 300th number.

Reading through the various celebratory articles, a common theme encountered was statistical comparisons between 1897 and 1922.

This started in the first few words of J.F. Gairns article, Twenty-five Years of Railway Progress and Development: [1]

Railway mileage in 1897 was officially given as 21,433 miles for the British Isles, of which 11,732 miles were double track or more. In the course of the past 25 years the total length of railway (officially stated as 23,734 miles according to the latest returns available) has increased by 2,300 miles, and double track or more is provided on no less than 13,429 miles. Detailed figures as to the mileage laid with more than two lines in 1897 cannot be given; but there are now about 2,000 miles with from three to 12 or more lines abreast. Therefore, while the total route mileage increase is not so great indeed, it could not be, seeing that all the trunk lines and main routes except the Great Central London extension were completed long before 1897, and additions are therefore short or of medium length – there has been a very large proportionate increase in multiple track mileage. As the extent to which multiple track is provided is an important indication of traffic increase, this aspect calls for due emphasis. … The total paid-up capital of British railways, including in each case nominal additions, has increased from £1,242,241,166 to £1,327,486,097, that is, by some £85,000,000, apart from the cost of new works, etc., paid for out of revenue.” [1: p377]

In 1922, one of the latest LB &SCR 4-6-4T locomotives, No. 329 ‘Stephenson’, working a Down ‘Southern Belle’s Express, © O.J. Morris, Public Domain. [1: p373]
LNWR motive power in 1897 – This image shows a train worked by three-cylinder uncoupled 2,2,2,2 locomotive ‘Henry Bessemer’ on principal main line duties, piloted by a locomotive of the 2-4-0 ‘Precedent’ Class, ‘Alma’ which at that time shared most of the express workings with various ‘compounds’. Many were still at work in 1922, © F.E. Mackay, Public Domain. [1: p374]
LNWR motive power in 1922 – One of the latest four-cylinder 4-6-0 locomotives of the ‘Claughton’ class, No. 2035, ‘Private E. Sykes, V.C.’ This is one of three engines named after LNWR employees to whom the Victoria Cross was awarded for special gallantry and courage during the Great War. This photograph is further interesting in that ex-Private E. Sykes, V.C., is on the footplate, © P.F. Cooke, Public Domain. [1: p375]

Gairns went on to highlight newly constructed railways during the period which included:

  • The London Extension of what became the Great Central Railway in 1899;
  • The Cardiff Railway at the turn of the 29th century, which “involved a number of heavy engineering works. … Nine skew bridges, five crossing the Merthyr river, three across the Glamorganshire Canal, and one across the River Taff. Near Nantgawr the River Taff [was] diverted. The various cuttings and embankments [were] mostly of an extensive character. Ten retaining walls, 12 under bridges, 10 over bridges, a short tunnel and a viaduct contributed to the difficult nature of the work.” [2]
  • The Port Talbot Railway and Docks Company, which “opened its main line in 1897 and reached a connection with the Great Western Railway Garw Valley line the following year. A branch line to collieries near Tonmawr also opened in 1898. The lines were extremely steeply graded and operation was difficult and expensive, but the company was successful.” [3]
  • The London Underground, which had its origins in “the Metropolitan Railway, opening on 10th January 1863 as the world’s first underground passenger railway. … The first line to operate underground electric traction trains, the City & South London Railway… opened in 1890, … The Waterloo and City Railway opened in 1898, … followed by the Central London Railway in 1900. … The Great Northern and City Railway, which opened in 1904, was built to take main line trains from Finsbury Park to a Moorgate terminus.” [4] Incidentally, by the 21st century, “the system’s 272 stations collectively accommodate up to 5 million passenger journeys a day. In 2023/24 it was used for 1.181 billion passenger journeys.” [4]
  • Many Light Railways “by which various agricultural and hitherto remote districts have been given valuable transport facilities.” [1: p377]
Brackley Viaduct was one of many heavy engineering works entailed in the construction of the GCR extension to London which opened formally on 15th March 1899. It was built to carry the railway across the Great Ouse and the river’s flood plain, the 22 arch 755 foot viaduct was perhaps the most striking piece of architecture on the London Extension. It was demolished in the late 1970s. [1: p377][10]

Gairns goes on to list  significant lines by year of construction:

“In 1897, the Glasgow District Subway (cable traction, the first sections of the Cardiff and Port Talbot Railways, and the Hundred of Manhood and Selsey, and Weston, Cleveland and Portishead Light Railways were brought into use.

In 1898, the Lynton and Barnstaple narrow gauge (1  ft. 11 in.), Waterloo and City (electric tube, now the property of the London and South Western Railway), and North Sunderland light railways, were added.

In 1899, … the completion and opening of the Great Central extension to London, the greatest achievement of the kind in Great Britain in modern times.

In 1900, the Rother Valley Light Railway was opened from Robertsbridge to Tenterden, and the Sheffield District Railway (worked by the Great Central Railway) and the Central London electric railway (Bank to Shepherd’s Bush) were inaugurated. …

In 1901 the Bideford, Westward Ho! and Appledore (closed during the war and not yet reopened), Sheppey Light (worked by South Eastern and Chatham Railway), and Basingstoke and Alton (a “light” line worked by the London and South Western Railway, closed during the war and not yet reopened), were completed.

In 1902, the Crowhurst and Bexhill (worked by the South Eastern and Chatham Railway), Whitechapel and Bow (joint London, Tilbury and Southend – now Midland – and Metropolitan District Railways, electric but at first worked by steam), Dornoch Light (worked by Highland Railway), and Vale of Rheidol narrow gauge (later taken over by the Cambrian Railways) railways were opened.

[In 1903], the Letterkenny and Burtonport Railway (Ireland), 49 miles in length 3 ft. gauge; [the] Llanfair and Welshpool, Light (worked by Cambrian Railways), Lanarkshire and Ayrshire extension (worked by Caledonian Railway), Meon Valley and Axminster and Lyme Regis (worked by London and South Western Railway), Axholme Joint (North Eastern and Lancashire and Yorkshire – now London and North Western Railways), and Wick and Lybster Light (worked by Highland Railway) railways were opened.” [1: p377-378]

A number of the lines listed by Gairns are covered in articles on this blog. Gairns continues:

In 1904,  the Tanat Valley Light Railway (worked by the Cambrian Railways), Great Northern and City Electric (now Metropolitan Railway), Leek and Manifold narrow gauge (worked by North Staffordshire Railway but having its own rolling-stock), Kelvedon, Tiptree and Tollesbury Light (worked by Great Eastern Railway), Mid-Suffolk Light and Burtonport Extension Railways were opened.

1905 saw the Cairn Valley Light (worked by Glasgow and South Western Railway), and Dearne Valley (worked by Lancashire and Yorkshire Railway, now London and North Western Railway) railways opened.

1906 includes quite a lengthy list: part of the Baker Street and Waterloo electric (now London Electric), Bankfoot Light (worked by Caledonian Railway), Amesbury and Bulford Light (worked by London and South Western Railway), Burton and Ashby Light (Midland Railway, worked by electric tramcars), Corringham Light, North Lindsey Light (worked by Great Central Railway), Campbeltown and Machrihanish (1 ft. 11 in. gauge), and Great Northern, Piccadilly and Brompton (now London Electric) railways.

In 1907, the Charing Cross, Euston and Hampstead Railway(now London Electric) was added.

In 1908, the Bere Alston and Callington section of the Plymouth, Devonport and South Western Junction Railway, worked with its own rolling-stock, was opened.

In 1909, the Strabane and Letterkenny (3 ft. gauge) Railway in Ireland. Also the Cleobury Mortimer and Ditton Priors Light, Newburgh and North Fife (worked by North British Railway), and part of the Castleblaney, Keady and Armagh Railway (worked by Great Northern Railway, Ireland) in Ireland.

In 1910, the South Yorkshire Joint Committee’s Railway (Great Northern, Great Central, North Eastern, Lancashire and Yorkshire – now London and North Western – and Midland Railways) was opened.

1911 saw passenger traffic inaugurated on the Cardiff Railway, and the Shropshire and Montgomeryshire Light, East Kent, and Mawddwy (worked by Cambrian Railways) lines opened.

In 1912 the Cork City Railway was opened, the Dearne Valley line brought into use for passenger traffic, and a section of the Derwent Valley Light Railway opened.

In 1913 the Elsenham and Thaxted Light Railway (worked by Great Eastern Railway) was opened, and a part of the Mansfield Railway (worked by Great Central Railway) brought into use for mineral traffic.

Then came the war years, which effectively put a stop to much in the way of new railway construction, and the only items which need be mentioned here are: a part of the old Ravenglass and Eskdale, reopened in 1915 as the Eskdale Railway (15 in. gauge), and the Mansfield Railway, brought into use for passenger traffic (1917). The Ealing and Shepherd’s Bush Electric Railway, worked by the Central London Railway, was opened in 1920.

A lengthy list, but including a number of lines which now count for a great deal, particularly in regard to the London electric tube railways, … It must be remembered, too, that except where worked by another company and as noted, most of these lines possess their own locomotives and rolling-stock.” [1: p378-379]

Despite the extent of these new lines, Gairns comments that it is “the extensions of previously existing railways which have had the greatest influence.” [1: p379] It is worth seeing his list in full. It includes:

“In 1897, the Highland Railway extended its Skye line from Stromeferry to Kyle of Lochalsh, and in 1898 the North British Railway completed the East Fife Central lines. 1899 was the historic year for the Great Central Railway, in that its London extension was opened, giving the company a main trunk route and altering many of the traffic arrangements previously in force with other lines. Indeed, the creation of this ‘new competitor’ for London, Leicester, Nottingham, Sheffield, Manchester and, later, Bradford traffic, materially changed the general railway situation in many respects. In the same year, the Highland Railway direct line, from Aviemore to Inverness was opened, this also having a considerable influence upon Highland traffic. In 1900 the London, Brighton and South Coast Railway completed the new ‘Quarry’ lines, giving an independent route from Coulsdon to Earlswood.

In 1901, the Great Western Railway opened the Stert and Westbury line, one of the first stages involved in the policy of providing new and shorter routes, which has so essentially changed the whole character of Great Western Railway train services and traffic operation. In that year, also, the West Highland Railway (now North British Railway) was extended to Mallaig, adding one of the most scenically attractive and constructionally notable lines in the British Isles. The Bickley-Orpington connecting lines of the South Eastern and Chatham Railway, brought into service in 1902, enabled trains of either section to use any of the London termini, and this has essentially changed the main features of many of the train services of the Managing Committee.

In 1903, the Great Western Railway opened the new Badminton lines for Bristol and South Wales traffic, a second stage in the metamorphosis of this system. In 1906 the Fishguard-Rosslare route was completed for Anglo-Irish traffic, while the opening of the Great Central and Great Western joint line via High Wycombe materially altered London traffic for both companies in many respects. The same year saw the completion of connecting links whereby from that time the chief route for London-West of England traffic by the Great Western Railway has been via Westbury instead of via Bristol.

The year 1908 provided still another Great Western innovation, the completion of the Birmingham and West of England route via Stratford-on-Avon and Cheltenham.

In 1909 the London and North Western Railway opened the Wilmslow-Levenshulme line, providing an express route for London-Manchester traffic avoiding Stockport. In that year also the Thornhill connection between the Midland and the then Lancashire and Yorkshire Railway introduced new through facilities.

In 1910 the opening of the Enfield-Cuffley line of the Great Northern Railway provided the first link in a new route for main line traffic to and from London, though this is even yet only partially available, and opened up a new suburban area for development. The same year saw the advent of the Ashenden-Aynho line, by which the Great Western Railway obtained the shortest route from London to Birmingham, with consequent essential changes in the north train services, and the inauguration of the famous two-hour expresses by that route and also by the London and North Western Railway.

In 1912 the latter railway brought into operation part of the Watford lines, paving the way for material changes in traffic methods, and in due course for through working of London Electric trains between the Elephant and Castle and Watford, and for electric traffic to and from Broad Street and very shortly from Euston also. In 1913 part of the Swansea district lines were brought into use by the Great Western Railway, and in 1915 the North British Railway opened the new Lothian lines. [1: p379-380]

Many of the changes over the 25 years were far-reaching in character others were of great local significance, such as station reconstructions, widenings, tunnels, dock/port improvements and new bridges.

New long tunnels included: Sodbury Tunnel on the GWR Badminton line; Ponsbourne Tunnel on the GNR Enfield-Stevenage line; Merstham (Quarry) Tunnel on the LB&SCR ‘Quarry’ line.

An Intercity 125 close to the mouth of Sodbury (Chipping Sodbury) Tunnel in 2012, © Ray Bird and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [4]
Sodbury Tunnel as it appears on the OS Landranger Series mapping. [7]
The northern portal of Ponsbourne Tunnel on the section of line between Bayford and Cuffley stations. The photograph was taken on 27th April 2008 from the road bridge next to Bayford station (with a telephoto lens). Ponsbourne Tunnel is about 1½ miles long, © Talisman and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [5]
Ponsbourne Tunnel as it appears on the OS Landranger Series mapping. [5]
A Class 319 Bedford – Brighton “Thameslink” working  has just emerged from Quarry Tunnel on the “Quarry Line”. This is the name given to the line opened in 1899 by the LB&SCR, bypassing the original line through Merstham and Redhill owned by the SE&CRa. The Quarry Line now serves as the fast lines from London Bridge/Victoria to Gatwick Airport and Brighton. This photograph was taken on 10th May 2008, © Ian Capper and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [6]
The two Merstham Tunnels as they appear on the OS Landranger Series mapping. [6]

Notable bridges included: the King Edward VII Bridge in Newcastle and the Queen Alexandra Bridge in Sunderland.

The King Edward VII Bridge in Newcastle. [8]
An extract from Britain from Above lmage No. EAW003166 © Historic England, 1946. The image shows the immediate area around the Queen Alexandra Bridge, Sunderland. [9]

Reconstructed/new/enlarged stations included: Victoria (LB&SCR); Glasgow Central (CR); Manchester Victoria (L&YR); Waterloo (L&SWR); Birmingham Snow Hill (GWR); Euston (LNWR); Crewe (LNWR) and Paddington (GWR)

Among a whole range of Capital Works undertaken by the GWR, was the new MPD at Old Oak Common. The LNWR’s new carriage lines outside Euston and the Chalk Farm improvements were significant, as were their system of avoiding lines around Crewe.

The MR takeover of the LT&SR in 1912 and their works between Campbell Road Junction and Barking are noteworthy. The L&SWR undertook major electrification of suburban lines, built a new concentration yard at Feltham, and made extensions and improvements at Southampton.

The LB&SCR’s widenings/reconstructions of stations on the ‘Quarry’ lines, which enabled through trains to run independently of the SE&CR line through Redhill were of importance. As we’re the SE&CR’s works associated with the improvements at Victoria, the new lines around London Bridge, the new Dover Marine Station and changes throughout their system.

The GCR London Extension is equalled in importance by the High Wycombe joint line and the GCR’s construction and opening of Immingham Dock in 1912. Gairns also points out that the NER and the H&BR works associated with the King George Dock in Hull should not be forgotten.

Also of significance were some railway amalgamations and some other events of historic interest between 1897 and 1922. Gairns included:

  • In 1897, the Manchester, Sheffield and Lincolnshire Railways name changed to ‘Great Central Railway’.
  • In 1899, the South Eastern and Chatham Joint Committee was set up.
  • In 1900, the Great Southern & Western Railway took over the Waterford & Central Ireland Railway and absorbed the Waterford, Limerick & Western Railway in 1901.
  • In 1903, the Midland Railway took over the Belfast & Northern Counties Railway.
  • In 1905, the Hull, Barnsley & West Riding Junction Railway & Dock Company became the Hull & Barnsley Railway; the Great Central Railway headquarters were moved from Manchester to London.
  • In 1906 the Harrow-Verney Junction section of the Metropolitan Railway was made joint with the Great Central Railway.
  • In 1907, the Lancashire, Derbyshire & East Coast Railway was amalgamated with the Great Central Railway; the Dublin, Wicklow & Wexford Railway became the Dublin & South Eastern Railway; and the greater part of the Donegal Railway was taken over jointly by the Great Northern of Ireland and Midland (Northern Counties section) under the County Donegal Railways Joint Committee.
  • In 1912, the London, Tilbury & Southend Railway was taken over by the Midland Railway.
  • In 1913, the Great Northern & City Railway was absorbed by the Metropolitan Railway.

Gairns also noted “the now almost universal provision of restaurant cars and corridor carriages of bogie type, Pullman cars upon many lines, and through carriages providing a wide variety of through facilities, culminating in the introduction last year of direct communication without change of vehicle between Penzance, Plymouth and Aberdeen, Southampton and Edinburgh, etc.” [1: p382]

In the period from 1897 to 1922, there had been essential changes to traffic characteristics:

  • notably in the abolition of second-class accommodation by all but a very few lines in England and Scotland, though it is still retained generally in Ireland and to some extent in Wales.” [1: p382]
  • the generous treatment of the half-day, day and period and long-distance excursionist, who in later years has been given facilities almost equal, in regard to speed and comfort of accommodation, to those associated with ordinary traffic.” [1: p383]

Gairns also provides, in tabular form, comparative statistics which illustrate some remarkable changes over the period from 1827 to 1922. His table compares data from 1897, 1913 and 1920.

Table showing comparative statistics for 1897, 1913 1920 and, in the case of cash receipts and expenditure, 1921. The year of 1913 was probably chosen as it was the last full set of statistics available prior to the start of the first World War. [1: p383]

In commenting on the figures which appear in the table above, Gairns draws attention to: the decline in numbers of second class passengers, the dramatic fall and then rise in the number of annual season tickets; the rise and then fall in tonnages of freight carried by the railways; and the significant increase in turnover without a matching increase in net receipts.

In respect of season tickets, Gairns notes that “whereas in 1897 and 1913 each railway having a share in a fare included the passenger in its returns, in 1920 he was only recorded once. … [and] that in later years the mileage covered by season tickets [had] considerably increased.” [1: p383]

He also comments on the way that in the years prior to the War, local tramways took significant suburban traffic from the railways, whereas, after the War, that traffic seemed to return to the railways.

Gairns also asks his readers to note the limited statistical changes to goods traffic over the period and to appreciate that in the 1920 figures freight movements were only records once rather than predicted to each individual railway company.

In respect of gross receipts and expenditure, he asks his readers to remember that in 1920 the Government control of railways under guarantee conditions was still in place and to accept that, “the altered money values, and largely increased expenditure (and therefore gross receipts) figures vitiate correct comparison, so that the 1897 and 1913 figures are of chief interest as showing the development of railway business.” [1: p383]

‘Articulated’ Sleeping Car, East Coast Joint Stock, designed by H.N. Gresley and built at Doncaster. [1: p382]
Two different Pullman Cars. The top image illustrates a First Class car on the SE&CR, the lower image shows a Third Class car on the LBSCR. [1: p384]

Gairns goes on to show rolling-stock totals for 1897 and 1920. …

Steam Loco numbers increased from 19,462 to 25,075; Electric Loco numbers rose from 17 to 84; Railmotor cars rose from 0 to 134; Coaching vehicles (non-electric) increased from 62,411 to 72,698; Coaching vehicles (electric, motor and trailer) rose from 107 to 3,096; Goods and mineral vehicles rose from 632,330 to 762,271.

A GWR Steam Railmotor and Trailer Car. [1: p385]

In 1897 the 17 electric locomotives were all on the City and South London Railway, and 44 of the electric motor cars on the Liverpool Overhead, and two on the Bessbrook and Newry line, with the 54 trailer cars on the City and South London, and seven on the Liverpool Overhead.” [1: p383-385]

Gairns notes as well that by 1922 there was a “widespread use of power for railway signalling with its special applications for automatic, semi-automatic and isolated signals.” [1: p385]G

Gairns completes his article with an optimistic look forward to the new railway era and the amalgamations that would take place as a result of the Railways Act, 1921. Changes that would come into effect in 1923.

References

  1. G.F. Gairns; Twenty-five Years of Railway Progress and Development; in The Railway Magazine, London, June 1922, p377-385.
  2. The Cardiff Railway in The Railway Magazine, London, April 1911.
  3. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Port_Talbot_Railway_and_Docks_Company, accessed on 26th October 2024.
  4. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chipping_Sodbury_Tunnel, accessed on 28th October 2024.
  5. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/782781, accessed on 28th October 2024.
  6. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/804338, accessed on 28th October 2024.
  7. https://www.streetmap.co.uk/map/idld?x=378500&y=182500&z=120&sv=378500,182500&st=4&mapp=map[FS]idld&searchp=ids&dn=607&ax=373500&ay=183500&lm=0, accessed on 28th October 2024.
  8. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2024/10/26/the-new-high-level-bridge-at-newcastle-on-tyne-the-railway-magazine-july-1906.
  9. https://www.britainfromabove.org.uk/image/EAW003166, accessed on 28th October 2024.
  10. https://www.railwayarchive.org.uk/getobject?rnum=L2431, accessed on 29th October 2024.

The New High Level Bridge at Newcastle-on-Tyne – The Railway Magazine, July 1906

A contemporary account of the completion of the additional rail bridge over the River Tyne.

This is the Bridge that became known as the King Edward VII Bridge. It is a Grade II listed structure and has been described as “Britain’s last great railway bridge”. [4]

The King Edward VII Bridge, Newcastle, (c) Ardfern and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [5]
A map of the North-Eastern Railway at Newcastle -on-Tyne. This sketch comes from the article in The Railway Magazine and suffers from a minor problem that left me struggling, for a short while, to make sense of it. Surely Central Station, Newcastle is on the North bank of the Tyne? It was the lack of a North point on the map that left me confused! [1: p9]

The introduction to the article in the Railway Magazine says:

Travellers journeying by the East Coast route to and from places north of Newcastle-on- Tyne, have always commented on an anachronism of the twentieth century, that hitherto has required trains to run into a ‘dead end’ station, thus compelling a stop, with consequent delay, whatever might be the stress of competition between the rival routes. Now however, all this is to be altered. Readers of The Railway Magazine are acquainted with the fact that for some years past the North-Eastern Railway has had under construction a duplicate high-level bridge across the Tyne, by means of which trains north to south, and vice versa, will be enabled to pass through the Central Station, without stopping, if necessary, but, at all events, without having the direction in which the train is travelling altered. The plan [above shows] how this improvement is effected by means of the new bridge and connecting lines. His Majesty the King has consented to open the new bridge, and thus inaugurate the improvement, on Tuesday, 10th July, after which date it will be possible to work the North-Eastern Railway trains that pass through Newcastle-on-Tyne in a manner showing a considerable improvement in the system now [pertaining]” [1: p9-10]

The New High Level Bridge Carrying the North Eastern Railway across the Tyne at Newcastle. [1: p10]

From the South side of the River Tyne a triangular junction gives access to the bridge, which is described by The Railway Magazine::

“A stone viaduct of three spans forms the approach to the bridge proper, which consists of four girder spans; the first being 191 ft. between piers, the two centre ones each 300 ft., and the northern span 231 ft. between the piers; this is followed by a stone viaduct of 10 spans each 25 ft. wide. The height of the ten piers of this viaduct, from road level to the spring of the arch, is 18 ft., and the arches are semi-circular, the arch stones being 18 in. in depth. The distance from road level to rail level is 33 ft., the foundations being on clay and averaging about 7 ft. in depth. This arching rests on ashlar piers 4 ft. thick and 51 ft. transversely, each pier being relieved by three 7 ft. arches.

The new line is next carried by a bridge across Pottery Lane, and then enters the well-known Forth goods warehouse of the North-Eastern Railway at the first storey level by steel girders resting on brick piers. The spans through the warehouse are 40 ft., and the foundations for the piers are taken down to good clay beneath the cellar floor. The distance from rail to the bottom of the foundation is 40 ft. The roof of the warehouse is held up by a wind screen, resting on the piers outside the parapet girders, and the corner of the building, cut off by the railway, is now being used as offices for the goods staff.

Beyond the goods warehouse the new line continues to a junction with the Newcastle and Carlisle Railway, a short distance west of the Central station at Newcastle.

The new bridge carries four pairs of metals.

The total length of the main bridge, measuring from the first abutment on the north side to the abutment on the south side is 1,150 ft. The girders measure 48 ft. 6 in. from centre to centre of parapets, and the breadth of steel work overall is 50 ft., so that there is thus provided a space of 6 ft. between the tracks, and room for a pathway for the use of platelayers on either side. The girders are built of double lattice work, with top and bottom booms 3 ft. deep, and are braced together at the top and bottom by transoms, of which the lower are of lattice work and the upper of plate work 164 in. deep, the latter carrying the timberway on which the rails run. Each girder has panels of 23 ft., of which the struts or ties are lattice girders 4 ft. 1 1/2 in. wide.

The girders for the centre spans have a camber of 7 1/2 in. and the north span of 6 in. The parapets, which are 5 ft. high are bracketed to the outside of the girders and are of lattice work, and, in order to carry the railway over the piers, the opposite top booms are bracketed out towards each other leaving a space of 6 in. between the ends of the top booms of the girders. To provide for expansion these girders rest on roller bearings at one end of cast steel, with a base of 38 sq. ft. each. The total weight of steel for each of the spans is: North span, 950 tons; two central spans, 3,482 tons; southern span, 1,350 tons. As the rails begin to diverge on the pier in the southern side of the river they are some distance apart at the next pier, there being then 132 ft. between the parapets. For this span of 191 ft. there are also five girders, but they spread out towards the south like a fan instead of being parallel.

The river piers are of Norway granite, and the foundations have all been taken down to the same depth, namely, 69 ft. below high water, and they have been built in caissons. The adoption of the caisson method of constructing the foundations marks a difference between the new high-level and the old bridge, as the latter was built on piled foundations. It should, however, be remembered that in 1845, when Stephenson’s great work was undertaken, the Tyne could almost be forded at low water, whilst there is now a deep-water channel beneath both bridges.

The total length of the new railway is 4 furlongs 2 chains, whilst the loop to the south-east is 1 furlong 2 chains in length. Of this length of railway 19 chains is straight, including the crossing of the river, but the rails are on a 10-chain curve on leaving the west end of the Central station, and again, on a similar curve on reaching the south side of the river, the south-east curve having a radius of 7 chains. The line is level from the commencement on the north side as far as the pier on the south side of the river, when the main curve falls to the south-west on a gradient of 1 in 132, and the loop falls at 1 in 226. The new high-level bridge has been constructed from the designs of Mr. C. A. Harrison, the chief engineer of the Northern Division of the North-Eastern Railway, and this gentleman laid the foundation stone on 29th  July 1902, so that less than four years have been occupied in constructing the bridge and new approach railway to Newcastle Central station.” [1: p10-11]

Another view of the King Edward VII Bridge, Newcastle, (c) Nathan Holth, 13th May 2018. [6]

The original ‘High Level Bridge’ – designed by Robert Stephenson

The first High Level Bridge across the Tyne at Newcastle was opened in 1849. It was designed by Robert Stephenson, that bridge carried rail and road traffic and was the first in the world to do so.

Network Rail tells us that “the Newcastle & Berwick Railway secured the Act to build its line in 1845. It stipulated that the company should construct a combined road and rail bridge across the River Tyne between Newcastle and Gateshead, to be completed within four years. … The bridge was designed by Robert Stephenson and detailed drawings were made under the supervision of Thomas E Harrison. To avoid excessive width, and thereby expense, it was decided to carry the railway above, rather than beside, the roadway. The roadway itself was designed to be 20ft (6m) wide with a 6 1/2ft (2m) footway on either side. The combined width allowed three standard gauge tracks to run across the top rail level of the bridge. The overall length of the bridge was to be 1338ft (408m).” [2]

An extract from the contract drawings for Stephenson’s bridge. [2]

Network Rail goes on to describe the construction of the bridge:

The bridge was a tied arch (or bow-string) bridge with the main structural elements made of either cast or wrought iron. It had in total six spans each 125ft (38m) in length, the cast iron bows supporting the railway while wrought iron ties supported the road deck below. To enable a level line for the railway across the deep and wide Tyne valley, the roadway was built at 96ft (29m) and the railway 120ft (37m) above high water on the river. Contracts for the production of the ironwork were let to local firm Hawkes, Crawshay & Co. of Newcastle.

The bridge sits on five masonry piers, 50ft (15m) thick and 16ft (5m) wide. Although the River Tyne at the point the bridge is constructed was no more than 3ft (1m) deep at low water, its bed consisted of some 30ft (9m) of silt before underlying bedrock could be reached.

A recent invention, the ‘Nasmyth Steam Pile Driver’, was used for the first time in bridge building, enabling the piles for the bridge foundations to be driven down to the bedrock quickly and efficiently. Rush & Lawton of York were contracted to build the five main masonry piers and the land arches on each side carrying the approaches; 50,000 tons of stone was quarried near Newcastle, mainly at Heddon on the Wall.

To assist in the construction work a wooden viaduct was built immediately to the east of the permanent one. This temporary structure was opened to railway traffic on 29 August 1848, just a year before the High Level Bridge itself was opened by Queen Victoria on 28 September 1849. The public roadway over the bridge was not completed and opened until some six months later.” [2]

A Gallery of photos, drawings and engravings of Stephenson’s High Level Bridge. …..

References

  1. The New High Level Bridge at Newcastle-on-Tyne; in The Railway Magazine, London, July 1906, p9-11.
  2. https://www.networkrail.co.uk/who-we-are/our-history/iconic-infrastructure/the-history-of-the-high-level-bridge-newcastle, accessed on 25th October 2024.
  3. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_Level_Bridge,_River_Tyne#/media/File:Newcastle_high_level_bridge,_12_September_2010.jpg, accessed on 26th October 2024.
  4. David Morton; The Tyne’s King Edward VII railway bridge at 110: A brief history in 14 historic facts; in The Evening Chronicle, Trinity Mirror, Newcastle upon Tyne, 7th July 2016, accessed via https://web.archive.org/web/20120429085232/http://www.twmuseums.org.uk/discovery/buildingbridges/the-king-edward-vii-railway-bridge/ on 27th October 2024.
  5. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:King_Edward_VII_Bridge,_Newcastle_upon_Tyne,_July_2015_(05).JPG, accessed on 27th October 2024.
  6. https://historicbridges.org/bridges/browser/?bridgebrowser=unitedkingdom/kingedward7bridge, accessed on 27th October 2024.

LNWR “Reversible” Steam Train

The Railway Magazine, August 1922. [1]

An unattributed article about these LNWR units was carried in the August 1922 issue of The Railway Magazine. From 6th February 1922 a ‘reversible’ or ‘push-and-pull’ train was in use for working locally between Manchester (Victoria) and Atherton.

Courtesy of Mr. Ashton Davies, M.Β.Ε., General Superintendent (Northern Division) of the LNWR, The Railway Magazine was able to illustrate and describe the equipment of the train employed:

“The train normally consists of a tank engine adapted to run with two bogie coaches, but can be increased to four or six coaches when the volume of traffic calls for further accommodation. The vehicles adapted for use in this way are arranged in pairs, providing nine third-class compartments in one vehicle, seating 108 passengers, while the composite carriage has two first-class and four third-class compartments seating 64 passengers, together with luggage and driver’s compartments. There is thus total accommodation for 172 passengers for each unit pair of vehicles. The length over buffers of each coach is 57 ft. 7 in. and the width over the body is 9 ft. The engine is a 2-4-2 radial tank, the diameter of the coupled wheels being 5 ft. 8 in. and of the radial wheels 3 ft. 7 in. Cylinders are 17.5 in. diam. and 26 in. stroke: boiler pressure is 180 lb. per square inch; length over buffers, 37 ft. 2 in. When the train is made up to six coaches the total length over buffers is 382 ft. 8 in. In one direction the engine is operated as with an ordinary steam train, but in the other direction the driver operates the engine from the driver’s compartment at the rear end of the train.” [1: p128]

A General View of a Two-Coach Train ‘Unit’ with the Driver’s Control Compartment Leading. [1: p128]

The locomotives used on the push-pull services in the old Lancashire and Yorkshire Railway area of the then very new combined company were Webb’s 2-4-2T locos. [4]

No. 761 appears in this official works photograph from the 19th century, © Public Domain. [5][6]

The LNWR 4ft 6in Tank was a class of 220 passenger 2-4-2T locomotives manufactured by the London and North Western Railway in their Crewe Works between 1879 and 1898. The ‘4ft 6in’ refers to the diameter of the driving wheels. “The design was an extension of the earlier 2234 2-4-0T built from 1876 which became known as ‘Chopper Tanks’. They had been designed for working local passenger trains. From 1909 many locomotives of the class were fitted for Push-Pull working, giving the nickname of ‘Motor Tanks’. … Withdrawals started in 1905: 118 were scrapped in the years up to 1923 grouping, leaving 90 to be passed to the London, Midland and Scottish Railway. They were allocated power class 1P, and assigned the numbers 6515–6600 and 6758–6761; although only 37 survived long enough to receive them: withdrawals restarted in 1924, and when the last was withdrawn in June 1936, the class became extinct. None were preserved.” [5]

The 2-4-2T engines were not the only locos adapted by the LNWR for push-pull working. From 1914 onwards some of the LNWR Webb ‘Coal Tanks’ “were fitted with push-pull ‘motor train’ equipment with the first so equipped being 576 and 597 which were then deployed on the Brynmawr to Ebbw Vale service. The system used by the LNWR involved the use of mechanical rods and linkages which ran beneath the axles of the locomotives. By 1921, the company was operating 30 branches by this method with many being worked by ‘Coal Tanks’. As a result, 55 locomotives had been equipped with the necessary equipment.” [2]

Webb built his class of 500 0-6-0 coal locomotives between 1873 and 1892 for slow freight work. Between 1881 and 1897 he built 300 0-6-2Ts which were tank engine versions of his of the 58320 class. These tank engines became known as ‘Coal Tanks’. “They had the same cheaply produced cast iron wheels and H-section spokes as the tender engines. A trailing radial truck supporting the bunker was added also with two similarly cast iron wheels. … They were almost entirely built of Crewe standard parts, including the radial rear axle. … Most were relieved of freight duties when the extent of their appalling brakes (initially made of wood) were uncovered, and some were fitted for motor train working.” [3]

The Interior of the 2-4-2T Locomotive Cab, Showing Regulator Fittings, Steam-Driven Air Compressor, etc. [1: p129]

The Railway Magazine article continues:

“The engine and train are fitted with the automatic vacuum brake. A compressed-air apparatus is installed to operate the regulator handle on the engine, when the driver is controlling from the driver’s compartment.

The regulator handle is shown connected to a rod by means of a French pin; the other end is coupled to an operating air cylinder by means of a bell crank lever. The operating cylinder contains two pistons, one larger than the other; both are mounted on the same piston rod. The chamber between the two pistons is directly connected to an auxiliary reservoir, to which air pressure is supplied through a back pressure valve, so that a sufficient air pressure is always available. The underside of the large piston can be put in communication with the main reservoir or the atmosphere under the control of the driver’s compressed air valve. When air pressure is supplied to the underside of the large piston it is placed in equilibrium, and the air pressure from the auxiliary reservoir then forces up the small piston, and opens the regulator. When the air pressure on the underside of the large piston is destroyed, by opening the driver’s compressed-air valve to atmosphere and closing the air supply from the main reservoir, the air pressure from the auxiliary reservoir forces down the large piston and shuts the regulator. By manipulating the driver’s compressed air valve any desired opening of the regulator may be obtained. … Movement of the regulator on the engine is repeated to the driver by an electrical indicator fixed over the look-out window in the driver’s compartment. The vacuum and pressure gauges are placed on each side of the electrical indicator in the driver’s compartment, above the observation window. A pneumatic whistle is provided to give warning on the road.

A special feature of this train is the driver’s ‘safeguard’ in the event of the driver becoming incapacitated when driving alone from the rear. If he releases his hold of the brake handle in this condition it will act as an ’emergency handle’, immediately shutting the regulator and applying the brake.” [1: p129]

Following the 1923 grouping, the London Midland & Scottish Railway (LMS) became responsible for this fleet of push-pull fitted 2-4-2T and 0-6-2T Locomotives. The LMS took the decision to adopt the Midland Railway’s vacuum-worked push-pull equipment instead of the LNWR system.

As we have already noted, withdrawals of the 2-4-2T locos started as early as 1905: 118 had gone before the 1923 grouping, 90 were passed to the LMS. “They were allocated power class 1P, and assigned the numbers 6515–6600 and 6758–6761; although only 37 survived long enough to receive them: withdrawals restarted in 1924, and when the last was withdrawn in June 1936, the class became extinct. None were preserved.” [5]

In all, 65 of the ‘Coal Tanks’ (0-6-2Ts) received the LMS vacuum-worked push-pull fittings, “12 of them formerly having had the mechanical type. … The use of push-pull equipped ‘Coal Tanks’ was long-lived with the last one running on the Bangor to Bethesda branch as late as 1951.” [2]

References

  1. ‘Reversible’ Steam Train, London & North Western Railway; in The Railway Magazine, London, August 1922, p128-129.
  2. https://www.keymodelworld.com/article/lnwr-webb-coal-tanks-0-6-2t-history, accessed on 25th October 2024.
  3. https://preservedbritishsteamlocomotives.com/2f-58880-58937-0-6-2t-lnwr-webb-coal-tank, accessed on 25th October 2024.
  4. https://www.discountmags.com/magazine/the-railway-march-1-2022-digital/in-this-issue/38, accessed on 25th October 2024.
  5. https://www.hattons.co.uk/directory/vehicledetails/3144969/2_4_2t_class_4_6_chopper_lnwr, accessed on 25th October 2024.
  6. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/LNWR_4ft_6in_Tank_Class, accessed on 25th October 2024.